WO2021104324A1 - 医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法 - Google Patents

医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021104324A1
WO2021104324A1 PCT/CN2020/131561 CN2020131561W WO2021104324A1 WO 2021104324 A1 WO2021104324 A1 WO 2021104324A1 CN 2020131561 W CN2020131561 W CN 2020131561W WO 2021104324 A1 WO2021104324 A1 WO 2021104324A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
follow
user
response
information
template
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/131561
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
魏薇
赵磊
贺硕
Original Assignee
京东方科技集团股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202011063268.1A external-priority patent/CN114330264A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202011331863.9A external-priority patent/CN112836107A/zh
Application filed by 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 filed Critical 京东方科技集团股份有限公司
Priority to JP2022504298A priority Critical patent/JP2023503392A/ja
Priority to EP20892087.6A priority patent/EP4068292A4/en
Priority to US17/439,634 priority patent/US20220157410A1/en
Publication of WO2021104324A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021104324A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/20—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities, e.g. managing hospital staff or surgery rooms
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482—Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0483—Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H10/00—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data
    • G16H10/20—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data for electronic clinical trials or questionnaires
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H10/00—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data
    • G16H10/60—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data for patient-specific data, e.g. for electronic patient records
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/10—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/30—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to physical therapies or activities, e.g. physiotherapy, acupressure or exercising
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/60—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to nutrition control, e.g. diets
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00—ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/20—ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for computer-aided diagnosis, e.g. based on medical expert systems

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of medical information technology, and in particular to a processing method, acquisition method, and interaction method of medical information.
  • Chronic diseases mainly refer to a series of diseases represented by cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases, diabetes, malignant tumors, etc., which have the characteristics of long course, high mortality and disability rate, and heavy economic burden.
  • a method for processing medical information including: displaying at least one navigation tab; in response to a user's first operation, determining a target navigation tab, and displaying the patient’s disease status that matches the target navigation tab. Management information; the target navigation tab is one of the at least one navigation tab.
  • the at least one navigation tab includes a patient management tab; in response to the user's first operation, the target navigation tab is determined, and the disease management information of the patient matching the target navigation tab is displayed , Including: in response to the user's first operation on the patient management tab, at least displaying a patient list, the patient list including at least one patient’s medical visit information and at least one medical treatment corresponding to each patient Operation index item; the at least one medical operation index item includes an index item created for the treatment method of the patient's disease.
  • the at least one medical operation index item includes creating a health prescription index item; the method further includes: in response to the user's operation of creating a health prescription index item corresponding to the target patient, displaying at least the health prescription text Box, the health prescription text box is a blank box; in response to the second operation of the user, a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient is presented in the health prescription text box; the medical plan includes a medication plan, diet At least one of a regimen or an exercise regimen.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a sub-tab of entry; wherein, in response to the second operation of the user, presenting the information with the target patient in the health prescription text box
  • the disease-matching medical plan includes: in response to a user's operation on the sub-tab of the term, presenting a first category list, the first category list includes multiple first-level items and included under each first-level item At least one disease type of; the multiple first-level items include a drug program item, a diet program item, and an exercise program item; in response to a user's response to a disease of the target patient under a first-level item in the first classification list
  • the operation of the corresponding disease type presents at least one entry text template corresponding to the disease type under the first-level item; in response to the user's operation on an entry text template, the content of the entry text template is presented In the text box of the health prescription.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying at least one entry template setting item; the at least one entry template setting item includes at least one of an addition item, an editing item, and a deletion item; the adding The item is configured to indicate the addition of a new term text template; the edit item is configured to indicate that at least one term text template is edited; the deletion item is configured to indicate the deletion of at least one term text template.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a health prescription template sub-tab; wherein, in response to a second operation of the user, the health prescription text box is displayed with the target
  • the medical plan for matching the patient’s disease includes: in response to a user's operation on the health prescription template subtab, presenting a second classification list, the second classification list including at least one disease type; The operation of the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient in the two-category list also presents at least one medical plan template corresponding to the disease type; in response to the user's operation on a medical plan template, the medical plan template At least part of the content in is presented in the health prescription text box.
  • the method for processing medical information further includes: displaying a health prescription template setting item, the health prescription template setting item being configured to instruct to edit at least one medical plan template, and the edited medical plan
  • the content of the plan template is added as a new medical plan template, or the content of the medical plan template before editing is updated to the content of the edited medical plan template.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a historical prescription sub-tab; wherein, in response to the second operation of the user, the health prescription text box is displayed with the target patient
  • the medical plan for disease matching includes: in response to a user's operation on the historical prescription subtab, presenting a list of historical prescriptions associated with the disease of the target patient; in response to the user's operation on the historical prescription list, The content of one historical prescription in the historical prescription list is presented; in response to the user's operation on the historical prescription, the content of the historical prescription is presented in the health prescription text box.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a save as a template item, and the save as a template item is configured to save the medical plan presented in the health prescription text box as a new medical plan template.
  • the at least one medical operation index item includes creating a follow-up index item; the medical information processing method further includes: responding to the user's operation of creating the follow-up index item corresponding to the target patient and the user's The third operation is to determine a follow-up task matching the disease of the target patient; the follow-up task includes follow-up content matching the disease of the target patient and a follow-up time corresponding to the follow-up content.
  • the follow-up content is a follow-up record sheet; the method further includes: in response to an operation of opening the gauge making tool interface, displaying the gauge making tool interface; the gauge making tool interface includes fields A display area and an edit area; the field display area includes a plurality of fields, and the edit area is used to make a follow-up record table; wherein the follow-up record table to be made includes a plurality of target elements, and each target element is generated by a field; In response to the operation of making a follow-up record sheet, a follow-up record sheet is made in the editing area.
  • making a follow-up record sheet in the editing area includes: in response to a user selecting an operation in a field of the scale making tool interface, displaying all data in the editing area Selected fields; repeat the response to the field selection operation until the fields corresponding to the multiple target elements required by the follow-up record form are displayed in the edit area, and a follow-up record form is generated.
  • the multiple fields include at least one basic field, and the basic field includes at least one attribute to be edited;
  • the method further includes:
  • the attribute menu In response to the field selection operation, displaying the attribute menu of the basic field in the editing area; the attribute menu includes at least one attribute editing box;
  • the edited attribute is displayed in each attribute editing box, and the target element is generated.
  • the attribute menu further includes a save as a common field button; the method further includes: in response to the user's selection of the save as a common field button, using the generated target element as a common field button.
  • the field is displayed in the field display area.
  • the plurality of fields includes at least two basic fields
  • the at least two basic fields include a first basic field and a second basic field
  • the first basic field is configured to generate a first basic field.
  • a target element the second basic field is configured to generate a second target element, and there is a corresponding relationship between the first target element and the second target element;
  • at least one attribute edit box of the first basic field includes A data source attribute edit box;
  • the response to the user input in at least one attribute edit box of the basic field attribute editing operation, displaying the edited attribute in each of the attribute edit boxes includes: responding to the basic field attribute editing operation , Displaying the data source attribute representing the corresponding relationship in the data source attribute edit box of the first basic field;
  • the method further includes: in response to opening the operation instruction for executing the follow-up task, displaying the follow-up task execution interface;
  • the follow-up task execution interface includes a follow-up record table included in the follow-up task created for the target patient, the follow-up record table includes the first target element and the second
  • the third basic field is configured to generate a third target element
  • at least one attribute edit box of the third basic field includes a data source attribute Edit box
  • the method further includes: in response to the operation instruction to execute the follow-up task, displaying the follow-up task execution interface; the follow-up task execution
  • the interface includes a follow-up record table included in a follow-up task created for a target patient, the follow-up record table includes the third target element, and the third target element has an edit box; in response to the user selecting the third target element
  • the operation of the edit box automatically displays the content in the background database linked by the data source attribute of the third target element in the edit box of the third target element.
  • the multiple fields include at least one commonly used field, and the commonly used field includes at least one edited attribute; when the field selected by the field selection operation is a commonly used field, the After the selected field is displayed in the editing area, the method further includes: responding to the user's field selection operation, using the commonly used fields displayed in the editing area as target elements.
  • the plurality of fields includes a plurality of commonly used fields, and the plurality of commonly used fields includes at least one common common field and at least one private common field; wherein, the common common field can serve as at least two common fields.
  • a target element in the follow-up record table to be made, and the private common field can be used as a target element in the follow-up record table to be made.
  • the scale creation tool interface further includes a form area and a submission column;
  • the form area is configured to display the name of the generated follow-up record form, and the submission column includes a form button;
  • the method further includes: in response to the user's operation of selecting the generating form button, displaying the name of the saved follow-up record form in the form area.
  • the submission bar further includes a preview button; before the name of the saved follow-up record sheet is displayed in the form area in response to the user's operation of selecting the generate form button, the method It also includes: in response to the operation of selecting the preview button, displaying the generated form in the editing area.
  • the operation of selecting the preview button is further configured to select a preview effect of the form
  • the preview effect includes a paper effect and an effect displayed on the screen of the terminal
  • the response to the user selecting the The operation of the preview button to display the generated form in the editing area includes: in response to the operation of selecting the preview button, displaying the generated follow-up record sheet in the editing area with the paper effect, Or, the effect displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal is displayed in the editing area.
  • the form area includes a list subarea and an operation subarea; the list subarea includes the name of at least one saved follow-up record table, the saved form includes a plurality of set elements; the operation subarea The area includes at least one import citation option, and each of the saved forms corresponds to one import citation option; the method further includes: in response to an operation of selecting one of the import citation options, displaying the selected option in the editing area
  • the saved follow-up record table corresponding to the import reference option of, the follow-up record table is used as the basic form; in response to the user's modification operation, at least one set element that has been modified is set to generate the target element; the modification operation Is configured to modify at least one set element among the multiple set elements in the basic form; wherein the at least one set element is inconsistent with the target element in the follow-up record table to be made; Repeatedly respond to the modification operation until the multiple set elements in the basic form are consistent with multiple target elements in the follow-up record table to be made, and a new follow-up record table
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying at least one follow-up task template; wherein, in response to a third operation of the user, determining a follow-up task matching the disease type includes: responding Based on the user's operation on a follow-up task template, the follow-up task template is determined as the follow-up task matching the disease type.
  • the method further includes: creating a follow-up template; the follow-up template includes the at least one follow-up task template.
  • said creating a follow-up template includes:
  • a follow-up template interface is displayed;
  • the follow-up template interface includes a template selection box that includes multiple disease options; in response to the operation of creating a follow-up template, a disease option menu is displayed; in response to a user's selection operation of a disease option, Confirm the target disease, and create a follow-up template matching the target disease;
  • the follow-up template includes a plurality of follow-up record tables and a time interval corresponding to each follow-up record table; each follow-up record in the plurality of follow-up record tables
  • the table is a follow-up record table corresponding to the target disease, and the time interval is the time interval between the date of follow-up set for the target disease and the date of creating a follow-up task.
  • the follow-up template interface further includes a template content bar, the template content bar includes a new button, and the template content bar is configured to display the created follow-up template;
  • the disease-matched follow-up template includes: in response to the operation of selecting the new button, a follow-up template creation dialog box is displayed on the follow-up template interface;
  • the follow-up template creation dialog box includes a follow-up record form edit box and a time interval edit box, And an OK button and a cancel button, the follow-up record form edit box has at least one form option related to the target disease, and each form option corresponds to a preset follow-up record form;
  • Operation display the name of the follow-up record table corresponding to the selected form option in the follow-up record table edit box; in response to the user's operation of inputting a time interval, display the set time interval in the time interval edit box; response When the user selects the OK button, the follow-up template is displayed in the template content column.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying at least one preset time option and a follow-up content selector corresponding to each preset time option; wherein, the response to the third operation of the user , Determining the follow-up task matching the disease type includes: in response to the user's selection of a preset time option and the selection of the follow-up content selector corresponding to the preset time option, selecting the selected follow-up content
  • the follow-up content in the device and the follow-up time in the preset time option are determined as the follow-up task matching the disease type.
  • the method for processing medical information further includes: displaying a time selector and a follow-up content selector corresponding to the time selector; and in response to a third operation of the user, determining that it is related to the disease
  • a matching follow-up task includes: in response to the user's selection of the time selector and the follow-up content selector corresponding to the time selector, the selected follow-up content in the follow-up content selector and the time The follow-up time in the selector is determined as the follow-up task matching the disease type.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a disease type selector; in response to a user's operation of the disease type selector, determining the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a follow-up person selector; and in response to the user's operation of the follow-up person selector, associating a follow-up person with the follow-up task.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a registered card index item; in response to a user's operation on the registered card index item, displaying at least a blank text box for basic information and a blank text for diagnosis information
  • the basic information blank text box is configured to present the basic information of the new patient
  • the diagnosis information blank text box is configured to present the diagnosis information of the new patient; in response to the user's response to the basic information blank text box and diagnosis information presented
  • the operation of saving information in the blank text box is to add at least part of the information presented in the basic information blank text box and the diagnosis information blank text box as medical information to the patient list.
  • the at least one navigation tab includes a health prescription management tab; in response to the user's first operation, the target navigation tab is determined, and the disease management of the patient matching the target navigation tab is displayed
  • the information includes: in response to the user's first operation on the health prescription management tab, displaying a health prescription list, the health prescription list includes at least one line of prescription information, and each line of prescription information includes patient visit information and at least one line A first medical information operation item; the at least one first medical information operation item includes a second detailed index item; the method further includes: in response to a user's operation on the second detailed index item, displaying a health prescription text box, The health prescription text box presents a medical plan corresponding to the line of prescription information, and the medical plan includes at least one of a medication plan, a diet plan, or an exercise plan.
  • each line of prescription information further includes status information, and the status information includes one of valid, deactivated, or invalid; when the status information in a line of prescription information is valid, the line of prescription information
  • the at least one first medical information operation item in the information further includes a deactivated item and an invalid item; the method further includes: in response to a user's operation on the deactivated item or the invalid item, making the prescription information line
  • the status information in is changed from valid to disabled or voided, and the disabled item and the voided item are hidden.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a newly created health prescription index item; in response to a user's operation on the newly created health prescription index item, displaying a patient search box and a health prescription text box, the The health prescription text box is a blank box; in response to the query operation of the information entered in the patient search box, the target patient is determined, and the target patient’s medical information is displayed; in response to the user’s second operation, the health prescription text
  • the box presents a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient; in response to the user saving the medical plan, the medical treatment information of the target patient is added to the health as part of a new line of prescription information.
  • the medical plan of the target patient is associated with the second detailed index item in the new prescription information of the row.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a registered card index item; in response to a user's operation on the registered card index item, displaying a blank text box for basic information and a blank text box for diagnosis information
  • the basic information blank text box is configured to present basic information of a new patient
  • the diagnosis information blank text box is configured to present diagnosis information of the new patient; in response to the user's response to the basic information blank text box and the diagnosis information blank.
  • the at least one navigation tab includes a follow-up management tab; in response to the user's first operation, the target navigation tab is determined, and the disease management information of the patient matching the target navigation tab is displayed , Including: in response to the user's first operation on the follow-up management tab, displaying a follow-up task list, the follow-up task list includes at least one line of follow-up information, and each line of follow-up information includes the patient’s visit information, follow-up time, and follow-up Content and at least one second medical information operation item.
  • each line of follow-up information further includes a follow-up status, and the follow-up status includes one of non-follow-up or completed; when the follow-up status in a line of follow-up information is non-follow-up, the line of follow-up
  • the at least one second medical information operation item in the information further includes a follow-up execution index item; the method further includes: in response to the user's operation of the follow-up execution index item, displaying a follow-up record table corresponding to the follow-up content In response to the saving operation of the content entered in the follow-up record table, the follow-up status in the line of follow-up information is changed from non-follow-up to completed, and the follow-up execution index item is changed to the third detailed index item.
  • the at least one second medical information operation item further includes a follow-up comparison index item; the method further includes: in response to a user's operation on the follow-up comparison index item, acquiring and displaying follow-up information with the row The comparison results of at least two follow-up matches for the same disease corresponding to the patients in.
  • the at least one second medical information operation item further includes creating a follow-up index item; the method further includes: in response to the user's operation of creating the follow-up index item and the user's third operation, determining A new follow-up task matching the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient; the new follow-up task includes a follow-up content matching the patient’s disease and a follow-up time corresponding to the follow-up content; The saving operation of the new follow-up task is to add the new follow-up task to the list of follow-up tasks.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a newly created follow-up index item; in response to a user's operation on the newly created follow-up index item, displaying a patient search box; and in response to inputting the patient search box
  • the information query operation in the database determines the target patient and displays the information about the target patient’s visit; in response to the user’s third operation, a new follow-up task that matches the disease of the target patient is determined; the new follow-up task includes The follow-up content matched with the disease of the target patient and the follow-up time corresponding to the follow-up content; in response to the user's saving operation on the new follow-up task, the medical information of the target patient and the new follow-up task Add to the follow-up task list.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a registered card index item; in response to a user's operation on the registered card index item, displaying a blank text box for basic information and a blank text box for diagnosis information
  • the basic information blank text box is configured to present basic information of a new patient
  • the diagnosis information blank text box is configured to present diagnosis information of the new patient; in response to the user's response to the basic information blank text box and the diagnosis information blank.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a login information box;
  • the work content and quantity of the user on the working day are displayed.
  • the at least one navigation tab includes a disease assessment tab; in response to the user's first operation, the target navigation tab is determined, and the patient’s disease information matching the target navigation tab is displayed.
  • the management information includes: in response to the user's operation of the disease assessment tab, displaying the disease assessment information text box; in response to the operation of saving the information entered in the disease assessment information text box, displaying the disease assessment information Corresponding disease assessment report.
  • the at least one navigation tab includes a smart question-and-answer tab; the target navigation tab is determined in response to the user's first operation, and the disease status of the patient matching the target navigation tab is displayed.
  • the management information includes: in response to a user's operation on the smart question and answer tab, displaying a question search box; in response to a query operation on a question entered in the question search box, displaying at least one answer associated with the question Program.
  • the at least one navigation tab further includes a consultation tab; in response to the user's first operation, the target navigation tab is determined, and the patient’s disease information matching the target navigation tab is displayed.
  • the management information includes: in response to the user's operation of the consultation tab, a consultation list is displayed, the consultation list includes at least one line of consultation information from the server, and each line of consultation information includes the patient's consultation information, question summary, consultation type, and The fourth detail index item; in response to the user's operation on the fourth detail index item, at least the consultation question corresponding to the row of consultation information is displayed.
  • each line of consultation information further includes a response status, and the response status includes one of answered or unanswered; in the case that the response status in one line of consultation information is unanswered, the method It also includes: in response to the user's operation on the fourth detail index item, further displaying a reply text box matching the consultation type in the row of consultation information; in response to the user's operation on the reply text box, presenting the Consultation question matching answer result; in response to the user's saving operation of the answer result, the answer status in the consultation information of this row is changed from unanswered to answered.
  • the consultation type includes report interpretation;
  • the reply text box includes an abnormal question summary text box and a health advice text box;
  • the method further includes: responding to a user's operation on the fourth detailed index item , At least one inspection report is also displayed; wherein, in response to the user's operation of the reply text box, presenting the answer result matching the consultation question includes: responding to the user's summary of the abnormal question in the text box Operation, presenting the abnormal problem corresponding to the at least one inspection report and the interpretation text of the abnormal problem; in response to the user's operation of the health advice text box, presenting a medical plan matching the abnormal problem;
  • the medical plan includes at least one of a medication plan, a diet plan, or an exercise plan.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying an abnormal problem template tab; wherein, in response to the user's operation of the abnormal problem summary text box, the presentation corresponding to the at least one inspection report
  • the abnormal question and the interpretation text of the abnormal question include: in response to the user's operation of the abnormal question template tab, displaying a third category list, the third category list including at least one question category; in response to the user For the operation of the question type corresponding to the abnormal question in the third classification list, the abnormal question corresponding to the question type and at least one interpretation text template corresponding to the abnormal question are displayed; in response to the user's interpretation of one
  • the operation of the text template presents the content in the interpretation text template and the abnormal problem in the abnormal problem summary text box.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a health advice template tab; wherein, in response to the user operating the health advice text box, presenting a medical plan matching the abnormal problem, Including: in response to the user's operation on the health advice template tab, displaying the entry subtab; in response to the user's operation on the entry subtab, displaying a first category list, the first category list including A plurality of first-level items and at least one disease type included under each first-level item; the plurality of first-level items include a medication plan item, a diet plan item, and an exercise plan item; in response to a user's comment on the first classification list
  • the operation of the disease category corresponding to the abnormal problem under one of the first-level items in the first-level item displays at least one entry text template corresponding to the disease category under the first-level item; in response to the user’s response to an entry text template Operation, the content of the term text template is presented in the health advice text box.
  • presenting a medical plan that matches the abnormal problem including: in response to the user's operation of the health advice template tab, displaying a health prescription template subpage
  • a second classification list is displayed, the second classification list includes at least one disease type; in response to the user's response to the second classification list and the The operation of the disease type corresponding to the abnormal problem displays at least one medical plan template corresponding to the disease type; in response to the user's operation of a medical plan template, at least part of the content in the medical plan template is presented in the health advice Text box.
  • the at least one navigation tab includes a statistics tab; in response to the user's first operation, the target navigation tab is determined, and the disease management information of the patient matching the target navigation tab is displayed, It includes: displaying statistical information in response to a user's operation on the statistical tab; the statistical information is information for classifying and counting the patient and the management information of the patient's disease.
  • the medical information processing method further includes: displaying a knowledge base management tab; in response to a user's operation on the knowledge base management tab, displaying an abnormal problem template tab and a health advice template tab ; In response to the user's operation on the abnormal question template tab, the question node setting item and the interpretation text template setting item are displayed; the question node setting item is configured to indicate the type of setting question.
  • the interpretation text template setting item is configured to instruct to add a new interpretation text template, instruct to edit the interpretation text template, and/or to instruct to delete the interpretation text template.
  • the entry subtab In response to the user's operation on the health advice template tab, the entry subtab is displayed; in response to the user's operation on the entry subtab, the first node setting item and the entry text template setting item are displayed;
  • the first node setting item is configured to indicate the item type for setting health advice and the disease type that matches each item type; the item types of the health advice include drug program items, diet program items, and exercise program items;
  • the entry text template setting item is configured to: instruct to add a new entry text template, instruct to edit the entry text template, and/or instruct to delete the entry text template; and/or, in response to the user’s
  • the operation of the health advice template tab displays the health prescription template subtab; in response to the user's operation on the health prescription template subtab, the second node setting item and the health prescription template setting item are displayed; the second node setting The item is configured to indicate the type of disease to be set;
  • the health prescription template setting item is configured to instruct to add a new medical plan template, to instruct to edit the medical
  • a method for obtaining medical information including: displaying a plurality of role selection items; the plurality of role selection items include medical staff and patients; in response to a user's selection operation on a role selection item, determining the The user’s role, and the login information box corresponding to the user’s role is displayed; the login information boxes corresponding to different roles are different; in response to the user’s login information entered in the login information box, the login information box corresponding to the user’s At least one functional tab corresponding to the role; at least one functional tab corresponding to the medical staff is configured to indicate to display management information of multiple patients' diseases, and at least one functional tab corresponding to the patient is configured to indicate The management information of the patient’s disease is displayed.
  • the role of the user is a medical staff
  • the at least one function tab includes a work schedule tab
  • the method further includes: in response to the user's operation on the work schedule tab, displaying all At least one work item index item of the user, the work item index item includes at least one of a problem consultation index item, a report interpretation index item, and a follow-up plan index item; The work content corresponding to the work item index item of the user from the server is displayed.
  • the method for acquiring medical information further includes: acquiring the number of work content corresponding to the work item index item of the user on the target working day from the server, and combining the number of work items of the user The number of work content corresponding to the work item index item is displayed on the work item index item.
  • the method for obtaining medical information further includes: displaying a working day option; and determining the target working day in response to a user's operation on the working day option.
  • the at least one function tab further includes a statistical query tab; the method further includes: in response to a user's operation on the statistical query tab, at least acquiring and displaying multiple patients from the server
  • the statistical information of the follow-up status of the multiple patients is information obtained by performing statistics on the health status of the patient after at least one follow-up of the patient.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the at least one functional tab includes a disease assessment tab
  • the method further includes: in response to the user's operation on the disease assessment tab, displaying at least one Disease evaluation question: in response to the user's answer to each disease evaluation question, obtain and display the disease evaluation result of the user from the server.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the at least one functional tab includes a smart question and answer tab
  • the method further includes: in response to the user's operation on the smart question and answer tab, displaying a question search Box; in response to the user's query operation on the question entered in the question search box, obtain and display at least one solution scheme associated with the question from the server.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the at least one functional tab includes a consultation tab
  • the method further includes: in response to the user's operation on the consultation tab, displaying a basic information text box and Condition description text box; in response to the user’s submission of the patient’s information entered in the basic information text box and the consultation question entered in the disease description text box, the information in the basic information text box is combined with The consultation question in the disease description text box is transmitted to the server; the answering result matching the consultation question from the server is obtained and displayed.
  • the method further includes: displaying the added accessory item; adding at least one accessory in response to the user's operation of the adding accessory item; wherein, in response to the user's input to the basic information text box
  • the submission operation of the patient’s information and the consultation question entered in the disease description text box, and the information in the basic information text box and the consultation question in the disease description text box are transmitted to the server, including: responding to the user For the patient’s information entered in the basic information text box, the consultation question entered in the disease description text box, and the submission of the at least one attachment, the information in the basic information text box, the The consultation question in the condition description text box and the at least one attachment are transmitted to the server.
  • the method further includes: displaying a doctor selector; in response to the user's operation of the doctor selector, determining the doctor to be consulted; wherein, in response to the user's input to the basic information text box, The operation of submitting the patient’s information and entering the consultation question in the disease description text box, and transmitting the information in the basic information text box and the consultation question in the disease description text box to the server, includes: responding to The user submits the patient’s information entered in the basic information text box and the consultation question entered in the disease description text box, and the information in the basic information text box and the disease description text box are submitted The consultation question of and the consulted doctor corresponding to the consultation question are transmitted to the server.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the at least one functional tab includes a health data statistics tab
  • the method further includes: in response to the user's operation on the health data statistics tab, obtaining And display the classified statistical result of the management information of the patient's disease from the server.
  • the multiple role selection items further include managers, and the at least one function tab includes a statistical query tab; the method further includes: responding to a user's operation on the statistical query tab , The query item is displayed; the query item is configured to indicate the query classification and statistical results, and the classification and statistical results are obtained according to the classification and statistics of data related to patients and doctors stored in the server.
  • a method for interacting medical information including: a medical information processing device displays at least one navigation tab, in response to a user's first operation, determining a target navigation tab, and displaying a match with the target navigation tab
  • the patient’s disease management information The patient’s disease management information; the medical information processing device transmits the patient’s disease management information to the server; the medical information acquisition device acquires the patient’s disease management information from the server; the medical information acquisition device displays multiple roles Selection items; the multiple role selection items include medical staff and patients; in response to the user's selection operation of a role selection item, the role of the user is determined, and the login information box corresponding to the role of the user is displayed; different roles The corresponding login information box is different; and in response to the user's login information entered in the login information box, at least one function tab corresponding to the role of the user is displayed; at least one function corresponding to the medical staff
  • the tab is configured to indicate to display management information of diseases of a plurality of patients, and at least one functional tab corresponding to the
  • a medical information processing device including: a first display; a first processor coupled to the first display, the first processor being configured to: control the first display to display at least one Navigation tab; in response to the user's first operation, determine the target navigation tab, and control the first display to display the patient’s disease management information that matches the target navigation tab; the target navigation tab is all One of at least one navigation tab.
  • the medical information processing equipment further includes a first input device coupled to the first processor, and the first input device is configured to input a first operation of the user.
  • a medical information acquisition device including: a second display and a second processor coupled to the second display, the second processor being configured to: control the second display to display a plurality of Role selection items; the multiple role selection items include medical staff and patients; in response to a user's selection operation on a role selection item, determine the role of the user, and control the second display to display the role of the user Corresponding login information box; login information boxes corresponding to different roles are different; in response to the user's login information entered in the login information box, control the second display to display at least one function corresponding to the user's role Tab; at least one functional tab corresponding to the medical staff is configured to indicate the display of disease management information of multiple patients, and at least one functional tab corresponding to the patient is configured to indicate the display of the patient’s disease Management information.
  • the medical information acquisition device further includes a second input device coupled to the second processor, and the second input device is configured to: input a user's selection operation on a role selection item, and input the The user's login information.
  • a computer device including a memory and a processor; the memory stores a computer program that can run on the processor, and the processor implements the above-mentioned medical information processing method when the computer program is executed , The method of obtaining medical information, and/or the method of interacting with medical information.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium which stores a computer program that, when running on a processor, causes the processor to execute the medical information processing method of any of the above embodiments One or more steps, one or more steps in the medical information acquisition method of any one of the above embodiments, and/or one or more steps in the medical information interaction method of any one of the above embodiments.
  • Fig. 1 is a flowchart of a method for processing medical information according to some embodiments
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a patient list interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of an interface for creating a health prescription according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another interface for creating a health prescription according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another interface for creating a health prescription according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of creating a follow-up interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of another creation of a follow-up interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of an interface for creating a medical record card according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a health prescription management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another interface for creating a health prescription according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of a follow-up management interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a follow-up task execution interface according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a follow-up comparison result according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of another follow-up comparison result according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of yet another creation of a follow-up interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a home page interface according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of a first disease assessment interface according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a disease assessment report according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an intelligent question answering interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a consulting management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a detailed graphic consultation interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a report interpretation interface according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of a knowledge base management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a statistics management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of another statistics management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of yet another statistics management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of yet another statistics management interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of yet another statistics management interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 29 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring medical information according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 30 is a home page interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 31A is a schematic diagram of a functional navigation interface in which the user is a medical staff according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 31B is a schematic diagram of a functional navigation interface where the user is a patient according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a schedule interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of another schedule interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a statistics interface according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of a second disease assessment interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of an evaluation result interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of a FAQ intelligent question answering interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of a consultation interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a problem details interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a medical information processing device according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for acquiring medical information according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 42A is a schematic diagram of a follow-up record form to be made according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 42B is another schematic diagram of a follow-up record sheet to be made according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 42C is another schematic diagram of a follow-up record form to be made according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 43A is a schematic diagram of a gauge creation tool interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 43B is another schematic diagram of the interface of the gauge creation tool according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 43C is another schematic diagram of the interface of the gauge creation tool according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 43D is another schematic diagram of the interface of the gauge creation tool according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 43E is another schematic diagram of the interface of the gauge creation tool according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 43F is another schematic diagram of the interface of the gauge creation tool according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 43G is another schematic diagram of the interface of the gauge creation tool according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 44A is a schematic diagram of a follow-up template interface according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 44B is another schematic diagram of a follow-up template interface according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 45 is a preview effect diagram of a follow-up record sheet made according to some embodiments on a mobile phone.
  • Coupled may be used when describing some embodiments to indicate that two or more components are in direct physical or electrical contact.
  • the term “coupled” may also mean that two or more components are not in direct contact with each other, but still cooperate or interact with each other.
  • the embodiments disclosed herein are not necessarily limited to the content of this document.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for processing medical information, and the execution subject of the method is a first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device is, for example, any product or component that has a display and a processor, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, and a personal computer (PC).
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is different from the type of the first electronic device. Make special restrictions.
  • medical information processing methods include S1 and S2.
  • the PC displays at least one navigation tab 11.
  • the PC determines the target navigation tab, and displays the patient’s disease management information that matches the target navigation tab; the target navigation tab is the at least one navigation tab one of.
  • the PC displays a navigation bar 1, and the navigation bar 1 is configured to present at least one navigation tab 11.
  • the at least one navigation tab 11 can also be presented in other positions in the interface displayed by the PC, and the embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the display position of the at least one navigation tab 11.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 is presented in the form of a first-level tab, for example, in the form of at least one icon in the navigation bar 1 shown in FIG. 2, where one icon represents one navigation tab 11.
  • at least one navigation tab 11 is presented in the form of a secondary tab or a sub-tab of a lower level. For example, when the user clicks an icon presented on the navigation bar 1, the secondary page is displayed after the icon is expanded. Sign or a sub-tab of a lower level to represent the at least one navigation tab 11.
  • the display manner of the at least one navigation tab 11 may also be other manners, and the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the display manner of the at least one navigation tab 11.
  • multiple navigation tabs 11 may be displayed at the same time. For example, multiple navigation tabs 11 are simultaneously presented in the navigation bar 1 as shown in FIG. 2. For another example, multiple navigation tabs 11 are not displayed at the same time. For example, part of the navigation tabs 11 is first presented in the navigation bar 1 as shown in FIG. 2, and the rest of the navigation tabs 11 follow during the processing of medical information. The needs of users are displayed in turn.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the display order of the multiple navigation tabs 11.
  • the multiple navigation tabs 11 may be displayed on the same interface or on different interfaces.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the display positions of the multiple navigation tabs 11.
  • the PC determines the target navigation tab in response to the user's first operation, that is, the PC responds to the user's first operation on the navigation bar 1.
  • the first operation can be understood as: clicking on at least one navigation tab One of 11, the target navigation tab is the navigation tab 11 that was clicked.
  • a functional interface matching the target navigation tab is displayed, and the functional interface is configured to present management information of the patient's disease.
  • the navigation bar 1 can be displayed in each functional interface matching the target navigation tab that appears below, so that the user can use the navigation bar to determine different target navigation tabs to display different functional interfaces.
  • the functional interface may be the same interface or different interfaces, which is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure. In order to facilitate understanding, the following description takes the functional interface as an example of a different interface.
  • the medical information refers to the patient's medical-related medical data, including the patient's basic information, diagnosis information, evaluation information, and prescription information and follow-up information created by the medical staff for the patient Wait.
  • the user refers to a doctor, nurse or other medical staff.
  • the management information of the patient’s disease includes the following patient’s medical record card information, health prescription information, follow-up task information, disease evaluation information, questions, solution plans, consultation information that match the patient’s disease, and statistical analysis of the above information After the statistics.
  • the medical information processing method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can effectively solve the archiving problem of paper documents, reduce the risk of data loss, and at the same time greatly improve the work efficiency of medical staff and improve the efficiency of patient visits.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a patient management tab; the aforementioned S2 includes S2A.
  • the PC in response to the user's first operation on the patient management tab, displays at least a patient list, and the patient list includes at least one patient’s visit information for each patient and at least one medical operation index item corresponding to each patient; at least one The medical operation index item includes an index item created for the treatment method of the patient's disease.
  • the PC displays a patient list interface 100 in response to the user's first operation on the patient management tab.
  • the patient list interface 100 presents a patient list 101, and the patient list 101 includes visits of multiple patients.
  • the first operation can be understood as: the user clicks on an icon in the navigation bar 1 that represents a patient management tab.
  • At least one medical operation index item 102 includes creating a health prescription index item.
  • the create health prescription index item is configured as an index item that instructs the user to create a health prescription for the patient.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S22 and S26.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of creating a health prescription index item corresponding to the target patient, the PC displays a health prescription text box, and the health prescription text box is a blank box.
  • the PC presents a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient in the health prescription text box; the medical plan includes at least one of a medication plan, a diet plan, or an exercise plan .
  • the PC displays a health prescription creation interface 200 in response to the user's operation of creating a health prescription index item corresponding to the target patient.
  • the health prescription creation interface 200 includes a blank health prescription text box 201.
  • the user's operation of creating a health prescription index item corresponding to the target patient can be understood as: the user clicks on the creating health prescription index item corresponding to the target patient in the patient list 101.
  • the user determines that the target patient is the patient whose medical record number is CD10000103 in the patient list 101 shown in FIG. 1, and clicks the create health prescription index item corresponding to the patient, and the create health prescription index item is configured to indicate that the user is a medical record
  • the patient with the number CD10000103 creates a health prescription.
  • the PC in response to the second operation of the user, presents a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient in the blank health prescription text box 201.
  • the second operation of the user can be understood as: the user fills in the medical plan in the blank health prescription text box 201, or the user uses the quotation entry text template described below, the quotation of the medical plan template, or the reuse of historical prescriptions.
  • Method ie, S261-S263, S264-S266 or S267-S269 below
  • a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient is presented in the blank health prescription text box 201.
  • the user can also use other methods to present a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient in the blank health prescription text box 201.
  • part of the content in the health prescription text box 201 is filled in, and part of the content is quoted.
  • the filling can be by means of inputting text through a keyboard or a touch screen, etc., or by means of voice input, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the second operation of the user, as long as the medical plan matching the disease of the target patient can be displayed in the blank health prescription text box 201.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S23.
  • the PC displays the entry subtab 202.
  • the entry sub-tab 202 is presented in the form of text (for example, entry) in the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the above S26 includes S261-S263.
  • the PC presents a first category list 203 in response to the user's operation on the entry subtab 202.
  • the first category list 203 includes multiple first-level items 204 and included in each first-level item 204 At least one disease type under the following; the multiple first-level items 204 include a drug program item, a diet program item, and an exercise program item.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation of the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient under a first-level item 204 in the first classification list 203, and presents the disease type corresponding to the first-level item 204 Of at least one entry text template 205.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the entry subtab 202, for example, clicking on the text “entry”, and presents the first category list 203 in the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the hypertension category, for example, clicks on the hypertension category under the drug plan item in the first category list 203, and the health prescription interface 200 is displayed Multiple entry text templates 205 corresponding to hypertension.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on an entry text template 205, for example, clicking the reference button corresponding to the entry text template 205 (as shown in FIG. 3), or dragging the entry text template 205 to the health prescription text In the box 201, the content of the term text template 205 is presented in the sub-text box corresponding to the medication plan in the health prescription text box 201.
  • the diet plan, exercise plan, or other plan in the medical plan can be created in the same way as the above-mentioned drug plan.
  • the content of the term text template 205 is stored in advance. In this way, when creating a health prescription, the user can directly quote the content of the pre-stored term text template 205, which improves the work efficiency of the doctor.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S60.
  • the PC displays the first node setting item and the entry text template setting item; the entry text template setting item includes at least one of addition, editing, and deletion; the addition is configured to indicate the addition of a new entry text template 205:
  • the edit item is configured to indicate that at least one term text template 205 is edited; the deletion item is configured to indicate to delete at least one term text template.
  • S6 includes S601-S603.
  • the PC presents an entry text input box in the health prescription creation interface 200 in response to the user's clicking operation on the added item; the PC responds to the saving operation of the content added in the entry text input box, and enters the entry text
  • the content in the box is added as a new entry text template 205.
  • the operation of saving the content added in the term text input box can be understood as: the user inputs content in the term text input box, and then clicks the first save button 212 presented above the term text input box.
  • the PC turns one of the at least one entry text template 205 into an edit state.
  • the user first clicks the third word corresponding to hypertension in the medication plan shown in FIG. 3 Enter the text template, and then click the edit item, the third entry text template will be changed from the non-editing state to the editing state.
  • the PC adds the content of the edited entry text template 205 as a new entry text template 205.
  • the operation of saving the content of the edited entry text template 205 can be understood as: the user modifies the third entry text template in the editing state, and after the modification is completed, click on the entry text input box.
  • the PC turns one of the at least one entry text template 205 into an editing state. For example, the user first clicks the third word corresponding to hypertension in the medication plan shown in FIG. 3 If you click the delete item again, the third entry text template 205 will be changed from the non-editing state to the editing state.
  • the PC deletes the entry text template 205 in response to the user deleting and saving the content of the entry text template 205.
  • the operation of deleting and saving the content of an entry text template 205 can be understood as: the user deletes the content in the third entry text template in the editing state, and then clicks on the text entry box presented above the entry.
  • the first save button 212 can be understood as: the user deletes the content in the third entry text template in the editing state, and then clicks on the text entry box presented above the entry.
  • the above S601-S603 can implement the user's addition, modification and deletion of the term text template 205 to update the pre-stored term text template 205.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S24.
  • the PC displays the subtab of the health prescription template.
  • the health prescription template subtab 206 is presented in the form of text (for example, my template) in the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the above S26 includes S264-S266.
  • the PC presents a second classification list 207 in response to the user's operation on the health prescription template subtab 206, and the second classification list 207 includes multiple disease types.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation on the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient in the second classification list 207, the PC also presents at least one medical plan template 208 corresponding to the disease type.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the health prescription template subtab 206, such as clicking the text "My Template", and presents the second category list 207 in the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the second classification list 207 includes multiple first-level diseases, such as hypertension, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, osteoarthritis, coronary heart disease and other diseases; among them, the first-level hypertension also includes the second-level hypertension, high-grade hypertension, and high-grade hypertension. Blood pressure level 2 and hypertension level 3.
  • the target patient’s disease is level 1 hypertension
  • the PC responds to the user’s operation on the level 1 hypertension category, for example, click on hypertension in the second category list 207, and then click high in the secondary menu corresponding to hypertension.
  • one side of the second classification list 207 also presents a medical plan template 208 corresponding to the level 1 hypertension.
  • the medical plan template 208 includes a medication plan, a diet plan, an exercise plan, or others.
  • the medical plan template is not limited to this, and FIG. 4 is only an example, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the creating health prescription interface 200 also presents all reference buttons corresponding to the medical plan template 208.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on a medical plan template 208. For example, the user clicks the all reference button corresponding to the medical plan template 208 to present all the contents of the medical plan template 208 in the health prescription text box 201.
  • the creating health prescription interface 200 also presents reference buttons corresponding to a medication plan, a diet plan, an exercise plan, and others.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on a medical plan template 208, for example, the user clicks the reference button corresponding to the diet plan in the medical plan template 208, and presents the content of the diet plan in the health prescription text box 201 The sub-text box corresponding to the diet plan.
  • the user can also use the same method to present the medication plan, exercise plan, or other content in the corresponding sub text box in the health prescription text box 201.
  • the medical plan template 208 is also pre-stored. In this way, when creating a health prescription, the user can directly reference the content of the pre-stored medical plan template 208, which improves the work efficiency of the doctor.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S8.
  • the PC displays a health prescription template setting item, and the health prescription template setting item is configured to instruct to edit at least one medical plan template 208, and the edited medical plan template 208 is added as a new medical plan template 208, or , Update the content of the medical plan template 208 before editing to the content of the edited medical plan template 208.
  • the health prescription creation interface 200 when the health prescription creation interface 200 presents a medical plan template 208, the health prescription creation interface 200 also presents editing items.
  • the above S8 includes S801.
  • the PC turns one of the at least one medical plan template into an editing state; for example, the user first clicks the medical plan template 208 corresponding to the first level of hypertension shown in FIG. 4, and then Click the edit item, and the medical plan template 208 is changed from the non-editing state to the editing state.
  • the PC adds the edited content of the medical plan template 208 as a new medical plan template 208.
  • the operation of saving the content of the edited medical plan template 208 can be understood as: the user modifies the medical plan template 208 in the edited state, and after the modification is completed, clicks the first save button presented above the medical plan template 208 212.
  • the above S801 can implement the modification of the medical plan template 208 by the user to update the pre-stored medical plan template 208.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S25.
  • the PC displays the historical prescription sub-tab.
  • the creation of a health prescription interface 200 presents a historical prescription subtab 209 in the form of text (for example, a historical prescription).
  • the above-mentioned S26 includes S267-S269.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the historical prescription subtab 209, such as clicking the text "historical prescription", and presents a historical prescription list 210 associated with the disease of the target patient.
  • the historical prescription list 210 includes 3 Information about a historical prescription, for example, the information includes the date of prescription and the prescribing doctor.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the historical prescription list 210, for example, clicks on the information of the third historical prescription in the historical prescription list 210, and the third historical prescription is displayed in the health prescription creation interface 200. Content.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the historical prescription, for example, clicks a multiplexing button corresponding to the historical prescription, and presents the content of the historical prescription in the health prescription text box 201.
  • the content of the historical prescription in the historical prescription list 210 associated with the disease of the target patient is a medical plan created by the doctor for the target patient's health condition before the current visit date. In this way, the doctor can reuse one of the historical prescriptions according to the health status of the target patient, which improves the doctor's work efficiency.
  • the health prescription creation interface 200 when the health prescription creation interface 200 presents a health prescription text box 201, the health prescription creation interface 200 also presents a health prescription preservation item 211, for example, in the health prescription text box 201 in FIGS. 3 to 5.
  • the PC responds to the user's saving operation of the content in the health prescription text box 201. For example, the user clicks on the health prescription saving item 211, and adds the user's name and the time of clicking as information of a new historical prescription to the above target.
  • the content presented in the above-mentioned health prescription text box 201 is associated with the information of the new historical prescription.
  • the health prescription creation interface 200 when the health prescription creation interface 200 presents a health prescription text box 201, the health prescription creation interface 200 also presents a save as template item 213.
  • the save as The template item 213 is configured to instruct to add a new medical plan template.
  • the medical staff can also modify according to the actual health status of the target patient.
  • the content presented in the health prescription text box 201 makes the medical plan more suitable for the target patient. Based on this, the above S8 also includes S802.
  • the PC in response to the user modifying the content presented in the health prescription text box 201 and saving the modified content, the PC saves the modified content as a new medical plan template 208.
  • the saving operation of the modified content can be understood as: after the user completes the modification, click the save as template item 213.
  • the above S8 further includes S803.
  • the PC saves the filled content as a new medical plan template 208.
  • the saving operation of the filled-in content can be understood as: the user clicks the save as template item 213 after completing the filling in the blank health prescription text box 201.
  • entry subtab 202 can also be presented on other interfaces in different forms, for example, in the form of icons on the navigation bar 1. in.
  • entry subtab 202 may be displayed at the same time (as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5), or may not be displayed at the same time.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure make no limitation on this.
  • the health prescription creation interface 200 also presents the visit information of the target patient, for example, the confirmed disease type, name, age, gender of the target patient, etc., so that the doctor can view the basic information of the target patient when creating the health prescription.
  • the disease type of the target patient and create a health prescription that is more suitable for the target patient based on the age and gender of the target patient.
  • the symptoms and treatment methods of chronic diseases such as high blood pressure, hyperlipidemia, and hyperglycemia are closely related to the patient’s age and gender, because patients of different ages and genders have major differences in their diet and living habits. Factors such as diet and living habits are essential for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases.
  • At least one medical procedure index item 102 includes a create follow-up index item.
  • the create follow-up index item is configured as an index item that instructs the user to create a follow-up task for the patient.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S31 and S36.
  • the PC displays a follow-up creation interface 300 in response to the user's operation of creating a follow-up index item corresponding to the target patient.
  • the user's operation of creating a follow-up index item corresponding to the target patient can be understood as: the user clicks on the creating health prescription index item corresponding to the target patient in the patient list 101 of the patient management interface 100.
  • the PC determines a follow-up task matching the disease type in response to the user's third operation; each follow-up task includes follow-up content matching the disease of the target patient and a follow-up time corresponding to the follow-up content.
  • the third operation of the user can be understood as: the user selects a preset follow-up task template 311 in the follow-up task template area 303 in the follow-up creation interface 300 described below (ie, S361 below), or creates a follow-up A follow-up task is custom created in the custom area 310 in the interface 300 (ie, S362 or S363 described below).
  • the medical information processing method further includes S33.
  • the create follow-up interface 300 includes a follow-up task template area 303, and a plurality of follow-up task templates 311 are presented in the follow-up task template area 303.
  • Each follow-up task template 311 includes a follow-up time and a follow-up time.
  • the multiple follow-up task templates 311 are multiple follow-up tasks 311 matching multiple disease types.
  • the follow-up content in each follow-up task template 311 is a preset follow-up record sheet matching a disease type.
  • This follow-up record sheet allows medical staff to understand the content in the follow-up record sheet when following up the patient The patient's health status.
  • the follow-up content in each follow-up task template 311 shown in FIG. 7 is only the name of the follow-up record sheet.
  • the follow-up content may also be other content, as long as the content can achieve the purpose of the medical staff to understand the health status of the patient when the patient is followed up, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the follow-up time displayed in each follow-up task template 311 can be understood as: the PC determines the date on which the follow-up content is executed according to the preset time interval in the preset follow-up task template 311 and the date of the day when the follow-up task is created. .
  • the preset time interval in a preset follow-up task template 311 is 7 days, and the day when the follow-up task is created is November 19, 2019, the follow-up time displayed in the follow-up task template in the follow-up interface 300 is created It is November 26, 2019.
  • the PC determines the follow-up task template 311 as a follow-up task matching the disease type.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation of a follow-up task template 311, which can be understood as: select the option box 309 on the side of the follow-up task template 311, and then click the create follow-up interface 300 to appear in the lower right corner Add button 308.
  • the PC determines the follow-up task template 311 as the follow-up task created by the target patient.
  • the user can also select the option box 309 on the side of multiple follow-up task templates 311 at the same time, and then click the add button 308.
  • the PC determines the multiple follow-up task templates 311 as multiple follow-up tasks created by the target patient.
  • the above-mentioned preset follow-up record table can be quickly created through the visual operation of the editor, for example: form layout through grid, can be nested, supports Flex, and basically can cover complex form layout scenarios. Provide custom areas and custom style extensions, you can easily customize your own follow-up record table.
  • the specific implementation method is: enter the designer page, click or drag the encapsulated field control in the component field area, and lay out to the editing area.
  • the traditional follow-up record form does not have a standard development interface and has a loose structure; a large amount of code is written and complex business logic is time-consuming and laborious; the form function is rigid and cannot be adapted to more business scenarios; maintenance and upgrade are difficult ; The form operation is single and cannot interact with the process, etc.; business changes are rapid, and the form update is delayed in place; manual code is written and cannot be used flexibly.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure can quickly complete the creation of the follow-up record sheet page through the visual operation of the editor.
  • Form layout through grid can be nested, supports Flex, basically can cover complex form layout scenes. Provide custom area and custom style extension, you can easily customize the follow-up record table.
  • adding form elements can be realized by dragging and clicking.
  • the field properties add custom label width, whether to hide the label, custom class and operation properties.
  • Operation properties include data binding, hiding, and using arrows for time selection and display. Password, display score.
  • the fields include uploading files, sub-forms, tab pages, etc.; the toolbar includes undo, redo, etc.; generating the form includes uploading the logo function; preview includes the printing function.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S34.
  • the follow-up creation interface 300 includes a custom area 310, and a plurality of preset time options 306 and a follow-up content selector 304 corresponding to each preset time option are presented in the custom area 310. .
  • the preset time option 306 is a time interval from the day when the follow-up task is created, for example, one day later, one month later, two months later, and so on.
  • the follow-up time corresponding to the time interval is also displayed, which is convenient for the medical staff to determine the specific follow-up date.
  • the follow-up time has the same meaning as the follow-up time in each follow-up task template displayed in S33, and can be understood as: PC according to the preset time interval in the preset follow-up task template 311 and the date of the day when the follow-up task is created , The date on which the confirmed follow-up content is executed.
  • the follow-up content selector 304 is configured to instruct the user to select a follow-up content matching the disease of the target patient.
  • the follow-up content has the same meaning as the follow-up content in each follow-up task template displayed in S33, and can be understood as a preset follow-up record sheet matching a disease type.
  • the PC responds to the user's selection of a preset time option 306 and selection of the follow-up content selector 304 corresponding to the preset time option 306, and selects the selected follow-up content in the follow-up content selector 304 and all
  • the follow-up time in the preset time option 306 is determined as the follow-up task matching the disease type.
  • the PC responds to the user's selection of a preset time option 306 and the selection of the follow-up content selector 304 corresponding to the preset time option 306, which can be understood as: selecting a preset In the option box 309 on the side of the time option 306, click the expanded item 3011 in the follow-up content selector 304 corresponding to the preset time option 306, and select a follow-up content list displayed at the bottom of the follow-up content selector 304 and the target Then click the add button 308 to match the follow-up content of the patient's disease. In this way, in response to this operation, the PC determines the selected follow-up time corresponding to the preset time option 306 and the selected follow-up content as the follow-up task created by the target patient.
  • the user can also select the option box 309 on the side of multiple preset time options 306 at the same time, select the corresponding follow-up content in the follow-up content selector 304 corresponding to each preset time option 306, and then click the add button 308 .
  • the PC determines the selected follow-up time and corresponding follow-up content corresponding to each preset time option 306 to determine multiple follow-up tasks created for the target patient.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S35.
  • a time selector 305 and a follow-up content selector 304 corresponding to the time selector are presented.
  • the follow-up content selector 304 is the same as the follow-up content selector 304 in S34, and will not be repeated here.
  • the time selector 305 is configured to instruct the user to select any date.
  • the PC selects the selected follow-up content in the follow-up content selector 304 and the time selection
  • the follow-up time in the device 305 is determined as the follow-up task matching the disease type. For example, in response to the user clicking the time selector 305, the PC displays a date table, and the user can select any date in the date table as the follow-up time.
  • multiple follow-up task templates 311, multiple preset time options, and follow-up content selectors corresponding to each preset time option, and time selectors and time selectors are presented in the follow-up creation interface 300 at the same time.
  • the user can determine the appropriate follow-up time through the follow-up task template 311 in S33 and the preset time option 306 in S34 according to the health status of the patient.
  • the user can also determine a suitable follow-up time through the time selector 305 in S35.
  • the user may also determine the follow-up time in other forms, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation of creating a follow-up index item corresponding to the target patient, the PC displays the follow-up creation interface 300, and displays the type of disease selection in the follow-up creation interface 300 ⁇ 301.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S32.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation of the disease type selector 301, the PC displays the disease type list 302, and determines the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient.
  • the user's operation on the disease type selector 301 can be understood as: clicking on the expanded item 3011 in the disease type selector 301.
  • Determining the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient can be understood as: clicking on a disease type in the disease type list 302 that corresponds to the disease of the target patient.
  • the disease of the target patient is hypertension and the degree is level 1
  • the user Click on hypertension in the disease list 302 to display the second-level list 3021 corresponding to hypertension, and click on the first-level hypertension in the second-level list 3021.
  • the disease type list 302 and the secondary list 3021 are preset multiple disease types.
  • the PC responds to the determined disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient, and among the multiple follow-up task templates 311 in S33, only the follow-up task template 311 matching the disease type is displayed.
  • the disease type of the target patient is hypertension
  • the PC responds to the determination that the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient is hypertension level 1, and only 1 matching the hypertension level 1 is displayed in the follow-up task template area 303.
  • the PC responds to the determined disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient, and the follow-up content selector in S34 and S35 above only includes the follow-up content matching the disease type.
  • the disease type of the target patient is hypertension
  • the PC responds to determining that the disease type corresponding to the disease of the target patient is hypertension level 1, so that the follow-up content list displayed on the lower side of the follow-up content selector 304 only displays and Follow-up content that matches the disease type.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S37 and S38.
  • the PC displays the follow-up person selector 307.
  • the follow-up person selector 307 is configured to instruct the user to associate each follow-up task with the medical staff who perform the follow-up task, which can avoid the problem that the follow-up task is not performed due to the unclear designation of the follow-up task.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of the follow-up person selector 307, the PC associates the follow-up person with the follow-up task. For example, in response to the user clicking the expanded item 3011 in the follow-up person selector 307, the PC displays the follow-up person list; in response to the user clicking one of the follow-up persons list, the PC associates the follow-up person to the follow-up task. For example, the user determines a follow-up task through the above S361, S362 or S363. Before the user clicks the add button 308, the user first clicks the follow-up person selector 307 to determine a follow-up person, and then clicks the add button 308. In this way, the follow-up task is realized. The person is associated with the follow-up task.
  • the follow-up creation interface 300 also presents the visit information of the target patient, for example, the confirmed disease type, name, age, gender, etc. of the target patient. It is convenient for the doctor to view the basic information of the target patient and the disease type of the target patient when creating the follow-up task, and create a follow-up task more suitable for the target patient based on the age and gender of the target patient.
  • the aforementioned follow-up content is a preset follow-up record sheet. Based on this, the processing method of medical information also includes S1-1 to S1-1
  • the gauge making tool interface B200 is displayed.
  • the foregoing operation of opening the gauge creation tool interface B200 is, for example, selecting an icon B91 corresponding to the gauge creation tool interface B200 in the main menu bar B9 on the left.
  • the follow-up record table B100 is, for example, the follow-up service record table for hypertensive patients shown in FIGS. 42A-42C.
  • the gauge creation tool interface B200 includes a field display area B3 and an editing area B4; the field display area B3 includes multiple fields B31, and the editing area B4 is configured to create a follow-up record table B100.
  • the follow-up record table B100 to be made includes multiple target elements, and each target element is generated by a field.
  • the follow-up record table B100 includes multiple “elements”.
  • the “element” refers to the basic component of the follow-up record table B100, which is essentially the carrier of various information or data in the follow-up record table B100.
  • the information of the follow-up object (patient) can be collected.
  • the “target element” refers to the “element” to be generated in the follow-up record table B100 to be made, that is, the carrier of the information or data to be generated.
  • the "field” included in the field display area B3 refers to the basic component used to generate the "target element", which can be understood as the unedited initial state of the "target element”.
  • the follow-up record table B100 shown in Figure 42A includes a header B1 and multiple elements B2.
  • the header B1 is the title of the follow-up record table B100.
  • the follow-up record table B100 includes the element of "follow-up date" and “follow-up method”. , "Symptom" element, "body mass index” element, etc., these elements are the basic components of the follow-up record table B100, for example, the "body mass index” element is the carrier of the body mass index data of the follow-up object.
  • Each element has set attributes.
  • the attributes represent the nature or characteristics of the element.
  • the attributes are configured to define the target element's name, fill in settings, data source and other characteristics.
  • the target element is the element to be generated in the follow-up record sheet B100 to be made, that is, the "follow-up date” element and the “follow-up method” element to be generated , "Symptom” element, "body mass index” element, etc.
  • the field B31 includes the basic field B31a, or the field B31 includes the basic field B31a and the common field B31b.
  • the basic field B31a and the common field B31b will be introduced later.
  • the follow-up record sheet B100 in FIG. 42A can also be understood as a follow-up record sheet made by the method of making the follow-up record sheet B100 in S1-2.
  • the follow-up record sheet includes multiple elements B2.
  • Each element B2 includes an edit box, and the content in the edit box is empty, indicating that the element is in a state of not filling in content, that is, the content of the element is empty.
  • the edit box of the "follow-up date" element is not filled with a specific date
  • the edit box of the "follow-up method” element is not filled with a specific method
  • multiple symptoms are not filled in.
  • Figure 42B illustrates the completion of the edit box of each element B2 in the prepared follow-up record form, that is, the state of data collection.
  • the edit box of the "follow-up method” element is filled with outpatient, "symptom” element
  • the "headache, dizziness” and “nausea and vomiting” options are ticked in the edit box
  • the edit box for the "body mass index” element is filled with 28.9.
  • the follow-up record sheet B100 shown in FIG. 42B can be considered as a follow-up record sheet B100 for the doctor to provide follow-up services to hypertensive patients, that is, after performing the follow-up task, fill in the content of each element according to the follow-up results.
  • the user who made the follow-up record sheet B100 is called the first user
  • the user who fills in the content of each element 2 of the follow-up record sheet B100 is called the second user, that is, the user who performs the follow-up task is the second user for follow-up
  • the record sheet B100 is an example of a follow-up service record sheet for hypertensive patients.
  • the first user may be a doctor, a nurse, an operation manager, etc.
  • the second user may be a doctor, a nurse, or a patient, for example.
  • the first user and the second user may be the same person or different.
  • the gauge making tool interface B200 is first displayed, and the first user creates a form in the gauge making tool interface B200.
  • multiple fields B31 are configured to generate target elements
  • the editing area B4 is configured to create a follow-up record table.
  • the content in the editing area B4 is empty .
  • the field selection operation input in the gauge creation tool interface B200 is received, and the field selection operation is configured to select one field B31 of the plurality of fields B31.
  • the "operations” involved in this disclosure all refer to operations performed by the user.
  • the “operations” can be operations such as clicking, double-clicking, dragging with a mouse, or touching the screen, gestures, and voices. And other forms.
  • the field selection operation is to select one field B31 of the multiple fields B31 by double-clicking the mouse, and clicking the target position in the editing area B4 with the mouse, so that the field B31 is displayed in the editing area B4 At the target location.
  • the field selection operation is to select one field B31 among the multiple fields B31, and drag the field B31 to the target position in the editing area B4.
  • the selected field B31 is, for example, a single-line text box.
  • the selected field B31 is displayed at the target position of the editing area B4.
  • a drop-down selection box is displayed at the target position of the editing area B4.
  • each target element B2 in the follow-up record table B100 to be made is generated by a field B31. Therefore, after the selected field B31 is displayed in the editing area B4, the operations described later in this disclosure (for example, S1-23' to S1-25) need to be performed on the field B31 to generate the corresponding target element for the field. For example, as shown in FIGS. 43B and 43D, at the target position in the upper right corner of the editing area B4, the target element generated by the drop-down selection box is the "follow-up mode" element.
  • the above S1-260 includes S1-26 and S1-27.
  • S1-26 Determine whether the fields B31 corresponding to the multiple target elements required by the follow-up record table B100 are all displayed in the editing area B4. If not, return to S1-21 and continue with S1-21 and S1-22 operations; if yes, perform S1-27.
  • the target elements included include 20 target elements such as "follow-up date” element, "follow-up method” element, and "symptom” element.
  • S1-21 and S1-22 Operation select 20 fields B31 in the field display area B3 in turn, and display the fields B31 in the edit area B4 in turn to generate the corresponding target element B2, and finally generate the required follow-up record table B100.
  • users can complete the design and production of the form according to their own needs, and can customize the content of the form through corresponding operations, which has high flexibility, improves the efficiency of form production, and reduces the cost of software operation and maintenance.
  • the multiple fields B31 include at least one basic field B31a, and the basic field B31a includes at least one attribute to be edited.
  • the "basic field” is the basic component used to generate the target element that has not been edited.
  • the basic field is, for example, a basic component preset by a software engineer. After the attributes of the basic field B31a are edited and saved, the basic field B31a Generate the target element.
  • attribute represents the nature or characteristic of the element. The attribute is configured to define the name, filling setting, data source and other characteristics of the element or field.
  • attribute to be edited refers to the item that needs to be edited in the basic field.
  • the field display area B3 of the gauge creation tool interface B200 includes a plurality of basic fields B31a, for example, the plurality of basic fields B31a are single-line text boxes, multi-line text boxes, and multiple selections. Box group, radio box group, drop-down selection box, multi-level drop-down box, time picker, date picker, color picker, etc.
  • Each basic field B31a includes at least one attribute to be edited, and different basic fields B31a include different attributes.
  • the attributes of a single-line text box include title attributes, description attributes, default prompt text attributes, filling settings attributes (whether required, whether there is a word limit, whether there is a regular check, etc.), data source attributes, etc.
  • the attributes of date and time include title attribute, description attribute, data type attribute (date, time, date+time), title and time attribute displayed by default, and fill in the setting attributes (fill in the setting attributes including whether they are required and whether to limit the optional range of dates. , Whether to limit the optional range of time, whether to input, etc.), data source attributes, etc.
  • the attributes of the basic field can be edited. Before editing the attributes of the basic field B31a, the content of the attribute edit box in the attribute menu B5 of the basic field B31a is blank.
  • S1-21' Receive a field selection operation input on the gauge creation tool interface B200, and the field selection operation is configured to select one basic field B31a of the plurality of fields B31.
  • the above S1-22 is S1-22'.
  • S1-22 is S1-22'.
  • the selected basic field B31a is a single-line text box, and the selected single-line text box is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • S1-22' it also includes: S1-23' ⁇ S1-25.
  • the attribute menu B5 of the basic field B31a is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • the property menu B5 includes at least one property edit box B51.
  • the attribute menu B5 of the single-line text box is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • the field selection operation is, for example, a method of double-clicking the single-line text box displayed in the editing area B4. That is to say, the field selection operation includes the operation of selecting a single-line text box with the mouse and dragging the single-line text box to the target position of the editing area B4, and also including the operation of double-clicking the single-line text box displayed in the editing area B4. Or, after the single-line text box is dragged to the target position of the editing area B4, the attribute menu B5 of the single-line text box is automatically displayed without double-clicking.
  • At least one attribute edit box B51 is included in the attribute menu B5.
  • at least one attribute of a single-line text box includes title attribute, description attribute, default prompt text attribute, and fill-in setting attributes (whether it is required, whether there is a word limit, whether There are regular check, etc.), data source attributes, etc.
  • the attribute menu B5 includes title attribute edit box B51, description attribute edit box B51, default prompt text attribute edit box B51, fill in the set attribute edit box B51, etc., at this time the attribute menu
  • the contents of the multiple attribute edit boxes B51 displayed in B5 are all empty and are in a state to be edited.
  • S1-24. Receive an input basic field attribute editing operation input in at least one attribute editing box B51, and the basic field attribute editing operation is configured to edit the attribute of the basic field in each attribute editing box B51.
  • the basic field attribute editing operation may be an operation of the first user using a mouse to select an attribute editing box B51, and using a keyboard to input corresponding content in the attribute editing box B51.
  • the drop-down selection box will be The generated target element is the "follow-up method” element.
  • the description attribute is used to specify some additional additions to the basic field B31a The description is generally used to guide the second user to fill in the follow-up record form B100, and it is not necessary to fill in the additional description.
  • the content is not filled in the description attribute edit box B51.
  • the target element is an element that requires the second user to fill in content.
  • Data source attribute refers to an attribute linking the generated element with the data source, which enables the content of the element to be automatically generated when filling in the content of the element; among them, the data source is an exponential formula, a mapping relationship, and a back-end database Wait.
  • the data source is not bound here, that is, the content of the data source property is not set.
  • the selected basic field B31a is a single-line text box, as shown in Figure 43C, for example, fill in "Body Mass Index” in the title attribute edit box B51 in the attribute menu B5 of the single-line text box, and the single-line text box will be
  • the generated target element is the "Body Mass Index” element.
  • the data source attribute represents some related information linked to the target element generated by the common field B31b.
  • the content of the element can be directly obtained according to the data source attribute.
  • the calculation formula of the body mass index can be filled in the data source attribute edit box B51 .
  • the system will automatically calculate the patient’s body mass index based on the filled height, weight, and the bound body mass index calculation formula , And displayed in the edit box of the "Body Mass Index" element of the follow-up follow-up record sheet B100.
  • the edited attributes are displayed in each attribute edit box B51, for example, in FIG. 43C
  • the text "Body Mass Index” is displayed in the title attribute edit box B51
  • the text "Please enter the BMI” is displayed in the default prompt text attribute edit box B51.
  • the basic field B31a with the content of the attribute is set to generate the target element, as shown in FIG. 43D, for example, the above drop-down selection box is generated to generate the "follow-up mode” element, and the single-line text box is generated to generate the "body mass index” element.
  • the property menu B5 further includes a save button; the basic field property editing operation is configured to edit the properties of the basic field in each property edit box B51, but also It is configured to select the save button to save the edited attributes to generate the target element.
  • the attribute menu B5 further includes a save as a common field button; based on this, the medical information processing method further includes S1-251 and S1-252.
  • the properties menu B5 of the basic field B31a includes a "Save” button and a "Save as a frequently used field” button, and the operation of selecting the save as a frequently used field button is the first
  • the operation performed by the user for example, after S1-25 generates the target element in the basic field B31a, click the "Save as Common Field” button to save the generated target element as the common field B31b.
  • the field display area B3 includes multiple basic fields B31a and multiple commonly used fields B31b.
  • the commonly used field B31b includes at least one edited attribute. For example, after multiple attributes of a single-line text box are set, Generate a "follow-up mode" element, that is, the basic field B31a generates a target element, and in response to the operation of selecting the save as a common field button, save the target element as a common field B31b, and display "follow-up" in the field display area B3 Mode" common field.
  • the basic field B31a includes at least one attribute to be edited
  • the common field B31b includes at least one edited attribute
  • the target element B2 includes at least one edited attribute.
  • the above-mentioned attributes are, for example, title attributes, description attributes, default prompt text attributes, and data source attributes for filling and setting attributes.
  • “data source” means the source of the content of the element, or the source of the data collected by the element.
  • the "data source” is based on the height, weight, and height, weight, and physical fitness of the follow-up object The corresponding relationship between the indices is obtained.
  • Data source attribute refers to an attribute linking the generated element with the data source, which enables the content of the element to be automatically generated when filling in the content of the element; among them, the data source is an exponential formula, a mapping relationship, and a back-end database Wait. There are some implementation manners for setting the data source attributes included in the basic field B31a.
  • the plurality of fields B31 includes at least two basic fields B31a, the at least two basic fields B31a include a first basic field B31a and a second basic field B31a, and the first basic field B31a is used to generate the first basic field B31a.
  • a target element, the second basic field B31a is used to generate a second target element, and there is a corresponding relationship between the first target element and the second target element; at least one attribute edit box of the first basic field includes a data source attribute edit box.
  • the first basic field B31a is a single-line text box
  • the second basic field B31a is a single-line text box
  • the number of the second basic field B31a is two
  • the first target element generated by the first basic field B31a is, for example, "
  • the second target element generated by one second basic field B31a is the "height” element
  • the second target element generated by the other second basic field B31a is the "weight” element.
  • BMI Body Mass Index
  • W the weight
  • H the height
  • m the unit is m
  • the first basic field B31a is a single-line text box
  • the second basic field B31a is a single-line text box
  • the first target element generated by the first basic field B31a is, for example, an "age” element
  • the second basic field B31a generates the first target element.
  • the second target element is the "date of birth” element
  • the "age” element and the "date of birth” element have the above-mentioned corresponding relationship.
  • the first basic field B31a is a single-line text box
  • the second basic field B31a is a single-line text box
  • the first target element generated by the first basic field B31a is, for example, the "expected date” element
  • the second basic field B31a is generated
  • the second target element is the "last menstrual date” element
  • the corresponding relationship between the expected delivery date and the last menstrual date is: the expected delivery date is the month of the last menstrual date plus 9 months or minus 3 months, and the date plus 7 days.
  • the "expected date” element and the "last menstrual date” element have the above-mentioned corresponding relationship.
  • the eleventh operation of receiving the input input in at least one attribute edit box B51 the eleventh operation is used to edit the attributes of the basic field in each attribute edit box B51, then the eleventh operation To fill in the above formula in the data source attribute edit box B51, for example, if the first target element generated by the first basic field B31a is, for example, a "body mass index" element, the eleventh operation is to enter the data source attribute edit box B51 Fill in the formula representing the above corresponding relationship.
  • the processing method of medical information also includes S1-3.
  • the follow-up task execution interface 700 includes a follow-up record table B100 included in the follow-up task created for the target patient.
  • the follow-up record table B100 includes a first target element and a second target element. Both the first target element and the second target element have edits. frame.
  • the operation of opening the follow-up task for execution is the same as the user's operation on the follow-up execution index item described below, and both are configured to display the follow-up task execution interface 700.
  • the operation of opening the follow-up task for execution is to click the follow-up execution index item in the following follow-up task list 601.
  • the first target element B2 is a "body mass index” element
  • the second target element B2 is a "weight” element
  • the first target element B2 and the second target element Both have edit box B21.
  • the follow-up task in response to the operation of performing the follow-up task, the follow-up task is performed, including S1-31 to S1-32.
  • S1-31. Receive the user's operation of inputting target content in the edit box of the second target element B2. For example, enter the patient's height and weight in the edit boxes 2a of the "height" element and the "weight” element, respectively.
  • the corresponding relationship between height, weight and body mass index is edited in the data source attribute edit box, and the content of the data source attribute is set in advance, so that the follow-up task is performed
  • the second user fills in the follow-up record form B100, he only needs to fill in the "height" element and the "weight” element edit box B2a and enter the corresponding content, and the content of the "body mass index” element will be automatically calculated and Displayed in the edit box, no need for manual calculation, which improves efficiency and accuracy and saves time.
  • the current value of the "height” attribute is 1.76 and the current value of the "weight” attribute is 90
  • the current value of the "body mass index” attribute can be automatically calculated to be 28.9.
  • the multiple fields include a third basic field, the third basic field is used to generate a third target element, and the at least one attribute edit box of the third basic field includes a data source attribute edit box .
  • the data source attribute linked to the back-end database is displayed in the data source attribute edit box B51 of the third basic field, and the back-end database stores the content of the target element corresponding to the basic field B31a .
  • the back-end database is, for example, the database of the electronic medical record system or health management system of each hospital.
  • the second user fills in the element generated by the basic field B31a
  • the corresponding content can be automatically retrieved from the background database without manual filling, thereby improving efficiency and accuracy.
  • the processing method of the medical information further includes S1-3'.
  • the follow-up task execution interface 700 in response to the operation of performing the follow-up task, the follow-up task execution interface 700 is displayed; the follow-up task execution interface 700 includes the follow-up record table B100 in the follow-up task created for the target patient, the follow-up record
  • the table B100 includes the third target element, and the third target element has an edit box.
  • the third target element B2 is the "follow-up date” element, and all the third target elements have an edit box B2a.
  • the follow-up task in response to the operation of performing the follow-up task, the follow-up task is performed, including S1-31' ⁇ S1-32'.
  • the operation of selecting the edit box B2a of the third target element is selecting the edit box 2a of the "follow-up date" element.
  • the edit box of the third target element In response to the user's operation of selecting the edit box B2a of the third target element, the edit box of the third target element automatically displays the data in the backend database linked by the data source attribute of the third target element content.
  • the title attribute content is set to "follow-up date” in the properties menu
  • the third target element generated by the basic field B31a is the "follow-up date” element.
  • the content of the data source attribute set in the menu is bound to the back-end database.
  • the back-end database stores the patient’s first visit time, set follow-up interval, and current date and time. According to the first visit time and set follow-up interval, as well as the current You can get the specific content of the follow-up date.
  • the content of the “follow-up date” in the follow-up record form B100 is automatically filled in as 2018-12-04 11:34:25, no need for the second The user fills in manually.
  • the content of the title attribute is set to "name" in the properties menu
  • the third target element generated by the basic field B31a is the "name” element.
  • the content of the data source attribute is set in the back-end database.
  • the back-end database is the database of the medical data processing system
  • the patient’s name, gender, age, height, weight and other information are stored in the database of the medical data processing system.
  • the multiple fields B31 include at least one commonly used field B31b, and the commonly used field B31b includes at least one edited Attributes.
  • the common field B31b includes a common field B31b for "follow-up mode", a common field for "follow-up date” B31b, a common field for "symptoms” B31b, etc., and each common field B31b includes at least one edited attribute.
  • “follow-up mode” common field B31b includes title attribute, default prompt text attribute, option content attribute, description attribute and fill-in setting attribute, etc. The contents of multiple attributes have been passed Edit and save.
  • the commonly used field B31b can be directly used as the target element.
  • the field selection operation is configured to select a common field B31b of the plurality of fields B31.
  • the selected common field B31b is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • the selected common field B31b is the "blood pressure” common field B31b.
  • the field selection operation is, for example, selecting a common field B31b and dragging the common field B31b to the target position of the editing area B4, and responding to the field selection operation, using the common field B31b displayed in the editing area B4 as the target element B2
  • the common field B31b includes at least one edited attribute, so the common field B31b can be directly used as the target element.
  • the common field of "blood pressure” is set in the editing area to generate "blood pressure" element.
  • the multiple fields B31 include multiple commonly used fields B31b, and the multiple commonly used fields B31b include at least one public commonly used field B31b and at least one private commonly used field B31b.
  • the common common field B31b can be used as the target element in at least two types of follow-up record table B100 to be made, and the private common field B31b can be used as one target element in the follow-up record table B100 to be made. That is, the common common field B31b can be reused in at least two different follow-up record tables B100, and the private common field B31b can only be used in one follow-up record table B100 to be made, and cannot be reused in Other follow-up records in Form B100.
  • each follow-up record table B100 includes its own unique elements, for example, the type 2 diabetes patient follow-up service record table shown in Figure 42C also includes a unique "heart rate” Elements and "salt intake” elements, etc.
  • the commonly used fields for "height" B31b, the commonly used fields for "weight” B31b, the commonly used fields for "follow-up method” B31b, and the commonly used fields for "follow-up date” B31b are all common common fields B31b, and the common common fields B31b have been edited
  • the content of the attribute is universal and can be used as the target element in at least two types of follow-up record table B100 to be created. It can be reused in different forms.
  • the common field B31b of “follow-up mode” can be reused in the figure
  • the follow-up service record form for hypertensive patients shown in 42A can also be reused in the follow-up service record form for patients with type 2 diabetes shown in Fig. 42C.
  • the "heart rate” common field B31b is a private common field B31b, and the "heart rate” common field B31b can only be used in the type 2 diabetes patient follow-up service record table shown in Figure 42C, and cannot be used. It is used in the follow-up service record form for hypertensive patients shown in Figure 42A.
  • Dividing multiple common fields B31b into at least one common common field B31b and at least one private common field B31b according to the scope of use is conducive to the management of multiple common fields B31b, and is beneficial to the first user when creating a follow-up record table.
  • the method further includes S1-23 to S1-25.
  • the attribute menu B5 of the basic field B31a is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • the property menu B5 includes at least one property edit box B51.
  • the attribute menu B5 of the single-line text box is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • the basic field attribute editing operation may be that the first user selects an attribute editing box B51 with a mouse click, and uses the keyboard to input corresponding content in the attribute editing box B51.
  • edit multiple attributes such as title attribute, description attribute, default prompt text attribute, fill-in setting attribute, and data source attribute in the attribute menu B5 of a single-line text box.
  • edit multiple attributes such as title attribute, description attribute, default prompt text attribute, fill-in setting attribute, and data source attribute in the attribute menu B5 of a single-line text box.
  • the edited attribute is displayed in each attribute edit box B51, and the above-mentioned single-line text box is generated as a "body mass index" element.
  • enter S1-26 to determine whether multiple target elements required by the follow-up record table B100 are all set in the editing area B4. If not, return to S1-21 and continue the operations from S1-21 to S1-25; if yes, enter S1-27 and generate a follow-up record form.
  • the basic field B31a can be sequentially generated to the corresponding target element, which realizes that the basic field B31a is used to generate the target element and form part of the content of the follow-up record table to be made.
  • the generated target element can also be saved as a common field through S1-251 and S1-252, so that it can be used next time.
  • the properties menu B5 of the basic field B31a includes a "Save” button and a "Save as a frequently used field” button, and the operation of the save as a frequently used field button is selected as the first
  • the operation performed by the user for example, after S1-25 generates the "follow-up mode” target element in the basic field B31a, click the "Save as Common Field” button to save the generated target element as the common field B31b.
  • the field display area B3 of the scale creation tool interface B200 displays the common field B31b of "follow-up mode".
  • the target element generated using the basic field B31a can be saved as the common field B31b, so that when the follow-up record table is made this time, the common field B31b can be used in S1-21 to generate
  • the saved common field B31b can be used directly, or, when a new follow-up record table is created next time, the saved common field B31b can be directly used to facilitate the preparation of the follow-up record table.
  • S1-2 also includes S1-21" to S1-23".
  • the field selection operation is configured to select a common field B31b among the plurality of fields B31. For example, the field selection operation is received, and the field selection operation is The selected common field B31b is the common field B31b of "follow-up mode".
  • the common field B31b may also be the common field B31b in the field display area B3 after the basic field B31a is used to generate the target element in the process of creating the follow-up record table.
  • the "follow-up mode" common field B31b selected by the field selection operation is the "follow-up mode” common field B31b saved in the field display area B3 through S1-33 and S1-34.
  • the common field B31b can be used to generate corresponding target elements in sequence, and the common field B31b can be used to generate target elements to form part of the follow-up record table to be created.
  • some target elements of the multiple target elements included in the follow-up record table to be made can be generated by the common field B31b, and other target elements can be generated by the basic field B31b. After the target element is generated in the field B31b, the target element can also be saved as a common field to facilitate direct use next time.
  • S1-21 ⁇ S1-25 and S1-21” ⁇ S1-23 are in no particular order. According to the judgment result of S1-26, S1-21 ⁇ S1-25 and S1-21” ⁇ S1-23” can be more Execution until the multiple target elements required by the follow-up record sheet are set in the editing area B4.
  • the follow-up record form to be created is the follow-up service record form for hypertensive patients shown in Figure 42A, and the target elements included in the form are the "follow-up date” element, the "follow-up method” element, the "symptom” element, and the "body mass index”.
  • the first user first searches the multiple commonly used fields B31b in the field display area B3 to see if there is a corresponding commonly used field B31b, for example, as shown in Figure 43E, multiple commonly used fields B31b Including "follow-up date” common field B31b, "follow-up method” common field B31b and "symptom” common field B31b, you can use S1-21" ⁇ S1-23" to set the above common field B31b in the editing area B4 to generate The corresponding target element.
  • the "Body Mass Index” element you can select a single-line text box in the multiple basic fields B31a, perform operations S1-21 to S25, and generate a "Body Mass Index” element from the single-line text box and set it in the editing area B4.
  • the first user creates the form he can choose by himself according to the target element B2 required by the form and the type of the field B31 included in the field display area, which has a high degree of flexibility.
  • the creation of the follow-up record table can be quickly completed according to the needs of the first user, which reduces the time-consuming creation of the follow-up record table , Improve the work efficiency of the first user, and there is no need to adjust internal procedures when creating different follow-up records, reducing maintenance costs.
  • the gauge creation tool interface B200 further includes a form area B6 and a submission column B7.
  • the pages shown in Fig. 43D and Fig. 43E are both the gauge creation tool interface B200, and the pages shown in Fig. 43D and Fig. 43E can be selected to be displayed through the scroll bar on the right.
  • the submit bar B7 includes a view button, a clear button, a preview button, and a form button.
  • the view button is used to view the content of the element in the editing area B4, and the clear button is used to change the content of the editing area B4.
  • the preview button is used to preview the generated form
  • the generate form button is used to submit and save the generated form.
  • the form area B6 includes multiple generated forms, and the form area is used to display the names of the generated forms.
  • the above S1-2 also includes S1-28 and S1-29.
  • the generated follow-up record sheet B100 is saved in the form area.
  • the generated follow-up record sheet B100 is the follow-up service record sheet for hypertensive patients shown in FIG. 42A.
  • the follow-up record sheet B100 is saved, and the name of the saved follow-up record sheet B100 "hypertension patient follow-up service record sheet" is displayed in the form area.
  • S1-271 and S1-272 are also included.
  • the field display area further includes a layout field B31d, for example, a grid layout field B31d, and after S1-272, it further includes S1-273.
  • the grid layout menu B5' is displayed in the editing area, and the grid layout menu B5' includes Multiple layout edit boxes; in response to the operation of editing the multiple layout edit boxes, the edited content is displayed in the multiple layout edit boxes, and the positions of the selected at least two target elements B2 are adjusted according to the edited content.
  • the operation of the first user to select at least two target elements B2 in the editing area B4 is to select the "follow-up date” target element and the "follow-up method” target element through the mouse and the ctrl key, and the first user then Select the grid layout field B31d to display grid layout menu B5' in the editing area.
  • the grid layout menu B5' includes multiple layout edit boxes such as grid interval edit box, column configuration item edit box, etc. Multiple layout edit boxes can be edited, and the position, interval, layout, etc. of the selected target element B2 can be adjusted, so that the layout of the follow-up record sheet B100 can achieve the desired effect.
  • the operation of selecting the preview button is also configured to select a preview effect of the form, and the preview effect includes a paper effect and an effect displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal.
  • the terminal In response to the operation of selecting the preview button, display the generated follow-up record in the editing area B4 in a paper effect, or display the editing area B4 in an effect displayed on the screen of the terminal.
  • the terminal is the aforementioned electronic device, such as a PC or a mobile phone.
  • the paper effect refers to, for example, the effect of the entire follow-up record table displayed on a computer screen and can be presented in A4 paper size or other paper sizes.
  • the effect of the form shown in FIGS. 42A to 42C is a paper effect.
  • the effect displayed on the screen of the terminal refers to, for example, the effect of the follow-up record table displayed on the screen of the mobile phone.
  • the effect of the follow-up record table shown in FIG. 45 is the effect displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal.
  • the generated follow-up record table is displayed in the editing area B4 in the effect displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal, due to the small screen of the mobile phone, all the elements included in the generated follow-up record table cannot be displayed on one page, then Multiple elements can be displayed in sequence according to the sequence number generated by default when the element is inserted, or multiple elements can be set with a specific sequence number and displayed in sequence according to the set sequence number.
  • the form area B6 includes a list subarea B61 and an operation subarea B62.
  • the list sub-area B61 includes the name of at least one saved follow-up record table, and the saved follow-up record table includes a plurality of set elements.
  • the operation sub-area B62 includes at least one import reference option B62a, and each saved follow-up record table corresponds to an import reference option B62a.
  • the set element refers to the element whose attributes are all set.
  • the above S1-2 further includes S1-291 and S1-295.
  • the operation of selecting one of the import citation options is to click the mouse, and select the import citation option B62a corresponding to the first form "Hypertensive Patient Follow-up Record Form" in the operation sub-area B62.
  • the saved follow-up record table corresponding to the selected import citation option is displayed in the editing area B4, and the follow-up record table is used as a basic form.
  • a follow-up record sheet for hypertensive patients is displayed in the editing area B4, and the follow-up record sheet for hypertensive patients is used as a basic form.
  • the follow-up record sheets shown in FIGS. 43A and 43E are follow-up record sheets for hypertensive patients.
  • the attributes of the "symptom” element include the title attribute, description attribute, option content attribute, and data source attribute.
  • the content of the title attribute is symptom
  • the option content attribute of the "symptom” element is "asymptomatic, headache, dizziness, nausea and vomiting", etc.
  • the option content attribute of the symptom element is "asymptomatic, polydipsia, polyphagia", etc. Therefore, it is necessary to modify at least one set element among the multiple set elements in the basic form through the seventh operation, for example, modify the option content attribute of the "symptom" element.
  • the "symptom" element in the follow-up record table for hypertensive patients is modified to the "symptom” element in the type 2 diabetes patient follow-up service record table.
  • the saved follow-up record sheet can be used as the basic form.
  • the elements in the basic form that are inconsistent with those in the follow-up record sheet to be made can be processed. Modification can quickly get a new follow-up record table, so there is no need to create a new follow-up record table from scratch by setting the basic field B31a and the common field B31b in sequence, and then generate target elements in sequence, which improves the efficiency of preparing the follow-up record table and saves money. The user's time.
  • S1-2 further includes: in response to the field selection operation, displaying the selected field B31 in the editing area B4, and generating the target element for the field B31, further including: The target elements are numbered, and different target elements have different numbers.
  • the target element in the follow-up record table to be made includes the element of "whether there is a family history of hypertension", the element of "whether there is a family history of diabetes", the element of “population with family history of diabetes”, and the element of “population with family history of hypertension” as
  • the element of “whether there is a family history of hypertension” and the element of “whether there is a family history of diabetes” has two options, namely the “yes” option and the “no” option, the "people with family history of diabetes” element and the “hypertension
  • the "family history population” element has six options, namely grandfather option, grandmother option, maternal grandfather option, maternal grandmother option, father option, and mother option.
  • the elements of "whether there is a family history of hypertension" are numbered 1, respectively 2, 3, 4.
  • the form area B6 includes a list subarea B61 and an operation subarea B62; the list subarea B61 includes at least one saved follow-up record table B100, and the saved follow-up record table B100 includes multiple set element.
  • the operation sub-area B62 includes at least one route setting option B62b, and each of the saved follow-up record tables B100 corresponds to one route setting option B62b.
  • S1-2 also includes S1-291' ⁇ S1-295'.
  • the fourth operation is to select the path setting option B62b corresponding to the first follow-up record table B100 in the operation sub-area B62.
  • the first element is the element of "whether there is a family history of diabetes"
  • the second element is the element of "whether there is a family history of high blood pressure”
  • the element of "people with a family history of diabetes” The numbers of the above three elements are 1 respectively. , 2, 3, the first element has at least two options, namely the "Yes” option and the "No" option.
  • the fifth operation is to double-click the element "whether there is a family history of diabetes" with the mouse.
  • the execution path menu in response to the fifth operation, display the execution path menu of the first element, the execution path menu includes an option list item and a next execution element list item, the option list item includes at least two option boxes of the first element , The next execution element list item includes at least two path edit boxes, one edit box corresponds to one option box.
  • the execution path menu B5" is displayed in the editing area B4.
  • the execution path menu B5" includes the option list item and the next execution element list item.
  • the two options of the first element are "Yes” option and "No” option
  • the option column item includes two option boxes, namely the "Yes” option box and the "No” option box.
  • Each option box corresponds to a path edit box.
  • the path edit box The content in is empty.
  • S1-294' Receive a sixth operation input in the at least two path edit boxes, where the sixth operation is used to edit the number of the next execution element of the first element under different options in each path edit box .
  • the edit path edit box is "3", corresponding to the "No” option box, and the edit path edit box is "2", that is, set “whether there is a family history of diabetes” If the element's selection result is "Yes”, the element of "Population with family history of diabetes” will be implemented. If the element of "Whether there is a family history of diabetes” is "No”, the element of "Population with family history of hypertension” will be implemented.
  • the element path between the first element and the second element is set, so that when the follow-up task is performed, the second user fills in the follow-up record form B100, if you choose If the "Yes" option of the first element is selected, it will automatically jump to the third element, and then fill in the third element. If the "No" option of the first element is selected, it will automatically jump to the second element. Then fill in the second element, so that there is no need to manually judge the corresponding option, which element is the next execution element, which saves the judgment time and can quickly and easily complete the filling in of the follow-up record form B100.
  • the follow-up record table B100 used by different departments or departments in an organization is different, and even the follow-up record table used by different personnel is different.
  • the method It also includes: After the preparation of the follow-up record form B100 is completed, the right to use the follow-up record form B100 is authorized. The authorization can be based on the department authorization or the personnel authorization. After authorization, the follow-up record form B100 is issued, and the follow-up record form B100 is used. For example, when creating a follow-up task, different personnel can see the corresponding follow-up record sheet B100. For example, doctors responsible for the two diseases of hypertension and diabetes can see the corresponding follow-up record form B100.
  • the above method further includes S1-4.
  • the follow-up template includes the aforementioned multiple follow-up task templates.
  • S1-4 includes S1-41 to S1-44.
  • the follow-up template interface B500 is displayed.
  • the follow-up template tab is one of the navigation tabs 11, which can be presented in the navigation bar 1 in the form of an icon.
  • the follow-up template tab can also be presented on other interfaces of the PC.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the display mode and display position of the follow-up template tab, as long as the purpose of displaying the follow-up template interface can be achieved.
  • the follow-up template interface B500 includes a template classification selection box B501.
  • the template classification selection box B501 has a disease option menu B502.
  • the disease option menu B502 includes multiple disease options; each disease option corresponds to at least one follow-up template
  • Each follow-up template includes multiple follow-up record sheets B100 and the interval time corresponding to each follow-up record sheet B100.
  • the interval time is the interval time between the current date when the follow-up task is created and the target return visit date.
  • the disease options in the disease option menu B502 are the same as the disease types included in the disease type selector 301 for creating the follow-up interface described above.
  • each disease option can only correspond to one disease, for example, the hypertension disease option only corresponds to hypertension, or each disease option can correspond to at least two diseases, for example, the hypertension level 1 disease option corresponds to hypertension. And diabetes.
  • a disease option menu B502 including multiple disease options is displayed.
  • the operation of creating a follow-up template is, for example, that the user clicks the template classification selection box B501, so that a disease option menu B302 including multiple disease options pops up in the template classification selection box 101.
  • the follow-up template includes a plurality of follow-up record tables and corresponding to each follow-up record table
  • Each follow-up record table in the multiple follow-up record tables is a follow-up record table corresponding to the target disease
  • the time interval is the date and creation of the follow-up set for the target disease The time interval between the dates of the follow-up task.
  • the hypertension level 1 disease option should be selected.
  • the template content in the follow-up template interface B500 is, for example, the follow-up template corresponding to the hypertension level 1 disease option.
  • the follow-up template includes multiple follow-up record tables B100 and corresponding to each follow-up record
  • the interval time of table B100 for example, the interval time corresponding to the service record table of a hypertensive patient is 1, and the interval time corresponding to the quality of life table of hypertensive patient is 21, etc.
  • each follow-up task includes a follow-up record sheet B100 and the corresponding return visit time, where the follow-up record sheet B100 corresponds to the selected hypertension level 1 disease option
  • the follow-up record form B100 in the follow-up template, the return visit time is obtained according to the interval time between the date of creating the follow-up task and the corresponding follow-up record form B100.
  • Figure 4B taking the creation date of the follow-up task as July 13th, 2020 as an example, according to the multiple follow-up record tables B100 included in the follow-up template in Figure 5B and the interval time corresponding to each follow-up record table B100, the corresponding each follow-up record table B100 can be obtained.
  • the return visit time of the follow-up record form B100 For example, in the follow-up template, there are two follow-up service records for patients with hypertension, and the corresponding interval time is 1, and the corresponding interval time for one follow-up service record for diabetic patients is 1, then multiple follow-ups are displayed in the standard template area 10.
  • the first three tasks are:
  • follow-up Record Form B100 is a follow-up service record form for hypertensive patients, and the corresponding return visit time is 2020.7.14, and
  • follow-up Record Form B100 is a follow-up service record form for diabetic patients, and the corresponding return visit time is 2020.7 .14
  • follow-up Record Form B100 is a follow-up service record form for hypertensive patients, and the corresponding return visit time is July 14th, 2020.
  • Other tasks can be deduced by analogy, so I won't repeat them here.
  • the follow-up template interface B500 further includes a template content column B15, the template content column B15 includes a new button, and the template content column B15 is configured to display the created follow-up template.
  • S1-44 also includes S1-441 to S1-444.
  • a follow-up template creation dialog box B14 is displayed on the follow-up template interface B500; the follow-up template creation dialog box B14 includes a follow-up record form edit box and a time interval edit box B14b, As well as an OK button and a cancel button, the follow-up record form edit box B14a has at least one form option related to the target disease, and each form option corresponds to a preset follow-up record form B100.
  • the determined target disease is hypertension level 1 disease option B13a
  • the follow-up record form edit box B14a has at least one form option related to hypertension level 1 disease option B13a, and each form option corresponds to a generated follow-up A record sheet B100
  • the follow-up record sheet B100 may be, for example, a "Quality of Life Table for Hypertensive Patients", a "Quality of Life Table for Diabetes Patients”, etc.
  • the operation of selecting one form option is to select the option corresponding to the "Quality of Patients with Hypertension Table" from at least one form option, and display the selected one in the edit box B14a of the follow-up record form B100
  • the name of the follow-up record table B100 corresponding to the form option is "Quality of Life for Patients with Hypertension Table”.
  • the user enters the operation of the time interval in the interval time edit box, and the set interval time is displayed in the interval time edit box B14b.
  • the operation of inputting the time interval is configured to set the interval time corresponding to the target disease option.
  • the interval time edit box B14b shows that the set interval time is 21 days.
  • the at least one medical operation index item 102 includes a first detail index item 1021.
  • the first detail index item 1021 is configured to instruct the user to view the basic information and diagnosis information of the patient. Based on this, after the above S2A, the medical information processing method further includes S41.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the first detailed index item 1021 corresponding to the target patient, for example, clicks the first detailed index item 1021 to display the medical record card interface, and the medical record card interface displays the information that the target patient filled in when registering the medical record card
  • the medical record card information such as basic information, emergency contact information, and diagnosis information, is convenient for medical staff to understand the detailed information of the patient or modify the medical record card information of the target patient.
  • the patient list interface 100 further includes a patient search box 103.
  • the patient search box 103 is configured to instruct the user to search for the aforementioned target patient or search for other patients.
  • the patient search box 103 includes a medical record number input box, a name input box, a mobile phone number input box, and the like.
  • the method further includes: the PC determines the target patient or other patients in response to the query operation of the information entered in the patient search box 103. In this way, the user can directly determine the target patient through the patient search box 103 instead of searching one by one in the patient list 101, which improves the work efficiency of the user.
  • the patient list interface 100 further includes a disease type selection box 104 configured to instruct the user to filter patients by disease type, so as to improve the user's efficiency in finding patients.
  • the patient list interface 100 also presents a registration card index item 105, which is configured to instruct the user to create a medical record card for a new patient. Based on this, the processing method of medical information also includes S41 and S42.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation on the index item 105 of the registration card creation, the PC displays at least a basic information blank text box and a diagnosis information blank text box; the basic information blank text box is configured to present basic information of the new patient, and a diagnosis information blank text box It is configured to present the diagnosis information of the new patient.
  • the user's operation on the index item 105 for registering a card can be understood as: the user clicks on the index item 105 for registering a card.
  • the PC displays an interface 400 for creating a medical record card.
  • the medical record card creation interface 400 includes a plurality of blank text boxes 401 for basic information, a blank text box 403 for emergency contacts, and a blank text box 402 for diagnosis information.
  • multiple basic information blank text boxes 401 are configured to input the basic information of the new patient, such as: name, ID type, ID number, gender, phone number and other required information, as well as home address, disease history, etc.
  • Optional information such as family history, allergy history, etc., to facilitate medical staff to understand the basic situation of the new patient; and the required information in the above basic information is configured to distinguish different patients.
  • the information in the search box may include the information in the above required information that has unique correspondence with the new patient, such as: name, credentials Number or phone number etc.
  • the emergency contact blank text box 403 is configured to input information of emergency contacts who have a close relationship with the new patient, for example, parents, spouses, children, etc. of the new patient.
  • the diagnosis information blank text box 402 is configured to input the diagnosis information of the new patient, including the date of diagnosis, the type of diagnosis, the description of the diagnosis, etc., to record the disease information of the new patient.
  • diagnosis information including the date of diagnosis, the type of diagnosis, the description of the diagnosis, etc.
  • a blank text box of the diagnosis information can be added to record other disease information of the patient.
  • the PC In response to the user saving operation of the information presented in the basic information blank text box 401 and the diagnosis information blank text box 402, the PC presents at least part of the information in the basic information blank text box 401 and the diagnosis information blank text box 402 It is added to the patient list 101 as medical visit information.
  • the user's saving operation of the information presented in the basic information blank text box 401 and the diagnosis information blank text box 402 can be understood as: After the user fills in the patient's basic information, emergency contact information, and diagnosis information, click Create The save button on the medical record card interface 400.
  • the patient's medical information in the patient list 101 includes medical record number, name, gender, age, mobile phone number, and type of disease.
  • the PC will present it in the basic information blank text box 401
  • the medical record number, name, gender, age, and mobile phone number presented in, as well as the confirmed disease type presented in the blank text box 402 of the confirmed information, are added to the patient list 101 as the medical visit information (for example, displayed in the first row of the patient list 101) , And associate all the information presented on the above-mentioned creating medical record card interface 400 to the first detailed index item 1021 corresponding to the new patient in the patient list 101, so as to facilitate the user to view the patient’s medical record card through the first detailed index item 1021 information.
  • the medical record number uniquely corresponding to the patient may be manually input by the user when creating the medical record card, or it may be automatically generated by the PC in response to the above-mentioned saving operation.
  • the at least one navigation tab 11 includes a registration card creation tab
  • the above S2 also includes: the PC responds to the user's first operation on the registration card creation tab (for example, the user clicks on a representative in the navigation bar 1 Register the icon of the card creation page tab), and the medical record card creation interface 400 is displayed.
  • the medical record card creation interface 400 is the same as the medical record card creation interface 400 displayed in S41. Based on this, the medical information processing method also includes the above S41 and S42.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a health prescription management tab; the above S2 includes S2B.
  • the PC displays a health prescription management interface 500 in response to the user's first operation on the health prescription management tab.
  • the health prescription management interface 500 displays a health prescription list 501, and the health prescription list 501 includes multiple lines of prescriptions.
  • Information, each line of prescription information includes the patient’s visit information, the prescribing doctor, the prescribing date, and the first medical information operation item 502.
  • the first medical information operation item 502 includes a second detailed index item 5021.
  • the user's first operation on the health prescription management tab can be understood as: the user clicks on an icon in the navigation bar 1 that represents the health prescription management tab.
  • the patient in multiple lines of prescription information can be the same patient.
  • the multi-line prescription information includes 6 different prescription information for the same patient X3.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S51.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of the second detail index item 5021, the PC displays a health prescription text box 201.
  • the health prescription text box 201 presents the medical plan corresponding to the line of prescription information.
  • the medical plan includes a medication plan, a diet plan, or an exercise plan. At least one of them.
  • the PC in response to the user's click operation on a second detail index item 5021 in the health prescription list 501, the PC displays the health prescription creation interface 200, which is similar to the health prescription creation interface 200 displayed in S26 (ie, Figure 3- The difference between the health prescription creation interface 200 shown in FIG. 5 is that here, the health prescription text box 201 in the health prescription creation interface 200 presents the created medical plan. That is, the second detail index item 5021 is configured to instruct the user to view the created medical plan corresponding to the line of prescription information.
  • each line of prescription information also includes status information, and the status information is valid, deactivated, or invalid.
  • the first medical information operation item 502 in the row of prescription information further includes a disabled item and an invalid item.
  • the first 5 rows of prescription information in the health prescription list 501 shown in FIG. 9 and the status of the 5 rows of prescription information are all valid, then the first medical information operation item corresponding to each row in the 5 rows of prescription information
  • Each of 502 includes a second detail index item 5021, a disabled item and an invalid item. In other words, when a certain prescription information is valid, it can be invalidated or disabled.
  • the PC displays the medical plan corresponding to the row of prescription information, and the medical plan is in an editable state, and the user can perform modify.
  • the processing method of medical information also includes S52.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the deactivated item or the invalid item, changes the status information in the prescription information of the row from valid to deactivated or invalid, and hides the deactivated item and the invalid item.
  • the PC responds to the user's click operation on the deactivated item in the line of prescription information to change the status information in the line of prescription information from valid to deactivated , And the disabled item and invalid item are hidden in the first medical information operation item 502, and only the second detailed index item 5021 is displayed.
  • the PC displays the medical plan corresponding to the row of prescription information, and the medical plan is in a non-edited state, and the user can only view the medical plan.
  • a prescription information search box 504 and a query item 505 are also presented in the health prescription management interface 500.
  • the prescription information search box 504 includes a medical record number input box, a name input box, and prescribing doctor selection Item and prescribing date selection items, etc.
  • the prescription information search box 504 is configured to present search information.
  • the search information includes medical record number, name, prescription doctor, or prescription date.
  • the query item 505 is configured to indicate a search for the search information presented in the prescription information search box 504.
  • the user For example, if the user needs to find the health prescription of patient X3, the user enters the name or medical record number of patient X3 in the prescription information search box 504, and the PC responds to the name or medical record number of patient X3 presented in the prescription information search box 504. of
  • the health prescription management interface 500 further includes a disease type selection box 104 configured to instruct the user to filter prescription information by disease type, so as to improve the efficiency of the user in finding prescriptions.
  • a disease type selection box 104 configured to instruct the user to filter prescription information by disease type, so as to improve the efficiency of the user in finding prescriptions. For example, if the user needs to find the health prescription information about high blood pressure created by Dr. Zhang on November 19, 2019, he can select Dr. Zhang from the prescribing doctor selection item in the prescription information search box 504, and in the prescribing date selection item Select November 19, 2019, and check the check box corresponding to hypertension in the disease type check box 104, the PC responds to Dr. Zhang presented in the prescription information search box 504 and November 19, 2019, and In the query operation of hypertension selected in the disease type option box 104, only the health prescription information matching high blood pressure created by Dr. Zhang on November 19, 2019 is displayed in the health prescription list 501.
  • the health prescription management interface 500 also presents a new health prescription index item 503. Based on this, the processing method of medical information also includes S53-S56.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation of the new health prescription index item 503, the PC displays a health prescription creation interface 200, which is similar to the health prescription creation interface 200 displayed in S26 (ie, as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5).
  • the difference between the health prescription creation interface 200) is that here, the health prescription creation interface 200 also includes a patient search box 103.
  • the PC determines the target patient in response to the query operation on the information entered in the patient search box 103, and displays the medical treatment information of the target patient. For example, the user enters the name X3 and the medical record number CD10000103 in the patient search box 103, and the PC determines that the target patient is X3 in response to the query operation of the name X3 and the medical record number CD10000103 entered in the patient search box 103, and is shown in Figure 10 In the illustrated health prescription creation interface 200, the medical visit information of the target patient X3 is displayed.
  • the PC presents a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient in the health prescription text box 201.
  • S55 is the same as the above S26, and the second operation of the user can also be understood as: the user fills in the medical plan in the blank health prescription text box 201, or the user uses the above cited entry text template or the medical plan template cited above. Or the way of reusing historical prescriptions (that is, the aforementioned S261-S263, S264-S266 or S267-S269), the blank health prescription text box 201 presents a medical plan matching the disease of the target patient, which will not be repeated here.
  • the PC adds the medical treatment information of the target patient as part of a new line of prescription information to the health prescription list 501 in the health prescription management interface 500, and adds the medical treatment of the target patient to the health prescription list 501 in the health prescription management interface 500.
  • the scheme is associated with the second detailed index item 5021 in the new prescription information of the row.
  • the at least one navigation tab 11 includes a new health prescription tab, and the above S2 includes S2C.
  • the PC responds to the user's first operation on the new health prescription tab (for example, the user clicks on an icon representing the new health prescription tab in the navigation bar 1), and displays the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the health prescription creation interface 200 displayed here is the same as the health prescription creation interface 200 displayed in S53.
  • the medical information processing method also includes the above-mentioned S54-S56.
  • the creation of health prescription interface 200 also presents a registration index item 105.
  • the registered card index item 105 is the same as the registered card index item 105 in the patient list interface 100 shown in FIG. 2, and both are configured to instruct the user to create a medical record card for a new patient.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S41 and S42, which will not be repeated here.
  • the registered card index item can also be displayed in the form of tabs, for example, displayed in the navigation bar 1 in the form of a navigation tab 11, or displayed in other ways.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit this. As long as the purpose of registering medical record card information for new patients can be achieved.
  • the PC in response to the query operation of the information entered in the patient search box 103, the PC has not determined the target patient, then the target patient is considered to be a new patient. Based on this, the PC first executes the above S41 and S42 to create a medical record card for the new patient, and then, in response to the operation of returning to the health prescription creation interface 200, executes S54-S56 again; or, the PC first executes S2A, at this time, The first line in the patient list 101 is the information of the new patient, and the PC executes the above S22 and S26 to create a health prescription for the new patient.
  • the operation of returning to the creating health prescription interface 200 can be understood as: the user clicks the interface tab 81 that appears on the navigation pane 8 when the PC executes S54 in the interface tab 81 of the navigation pane 8, as shown in FIG. 10 Or, the user clicks an icon on the navigation bar 1 that represents the Create Health Prescription tab in the navigation pane 8.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure do not enumerate one by one, as long as the operation can display the health prescription text box 201 and create a health prescription for the patient in the health prescription text box 201.
  • each of the above-mentioned interfaces includes a navigation pane 8.
  • the navigation pane 8 includes at least one interface tab 81, one interface tab 81 corresponds to one interface, and the display status of the interface tab 81 corresponding to the current interface
  • the display status of the interface tab 81 corresponding to other interfaces is different.
  • the interface tab 81 corresponding to the interface currently displayed on the PC is for creating a health prescription, which means that the display color of the interface tab 81 for creating a health prescription is darker than the display color of other interface tabs 81, which is convenient for users to pass
  • the interface tab distinguishes different interfaces to realize switching between different interfaces.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a follow-up management tab; the aforementioned S2 includes S2D.
  • the PC displays the follow-up management interface 600 in response to the user's first operation on the follow-up management tab.
  • the follow-up management interface 600 presents a follow-up task list 601.
  • the follow-up task list 601 includes multiple lines of follow-up information.
  • the follow-up information includes the patient's medical visit information, follow-up time, follow-up content, and at least one second medical information operation item 604.
  • the user's first operation on the follow-up management tab can be understood as: the user clicks on an icon in the navigation bar 1 that represents the follow-up management tab.
  • the patients in multiple lines of follow-up information can be the same patient.
  • the multiple lines of follow-up information include 4 different follow-up information of the same patient X3.
  • each line of follow-up information further includes a follow-up status
  • the follow-up status includes no follow-up or completed.
  • at least one second medical information operation item 604 in the row of follow-up information includes a follow-up execution index item and a deletion item.
  • the user can delete the follow-up task.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S61.
  • the PC displays the follow-up record table corresponding to the follow-up content in response to the user's operation of the index item for the follow-up.
  • the PC displays the follow-up task execution interface 700 in response to the user's click operation on the follow-up execution index item in the fourth row of the follow-up information of the follow-up task list 601, and the follow-up task execution interface 700 displays the The follow-up service record form for hypertensive patients corresponding to the follow-up content in the follow-up information.
  • the PC responds to the saving operation of inputting the content in the above-mentioned follow-up service record table for hypertensive patients, so that the follow-up status in the line of follow-up information is changed from not followed up to completed, and the follow-up execution index is changed.
  • the item is changed to the third detailed index item 6041, and the deleted item is hidden.
  • the third detail index item 6041 is configured to instruct to view the follow-up record table corresponding to the follow-up task.
  • the content in the follow-up record form is the content filled in by the medical staff during the follow-up process, and the content is in a non-edited state. In other words, after the follow-up task is executed, the user can only view the content in the follow-up record form filled in during the follow-up process.
  • the follow-up service record form for patients with hypertension includes a "category of this follow-up", which includes options such as satisfactory control, unsatisfactory control, adverse reactions or complications.
  • options such as satisfactory control, unsatisfactory control, adverse reactions or complications.
  • one or more of the options such as satisfactory control, unsatisfactory control, adverse reactions or complications can be selected according to the patient's health status, for example, satisfactory control can be selected.
  • the second medical information operation item 604 further includes a first follow-up comparison index item 6042.
  • the processing method of medical information also includes S63.
  • the PC obtains and displays the comparison result of at least two follow-up content matching the same disease corresponding to the patient in the row of follow-up information.
  • the follow-up content in the fourth line of follow-up information in the follow-up task list 601 is the follow-up service record form for patients with hypertension, and patient X3 in the line of follow-up information has been completed before the current day
  • a follow-up service record sheet for hypertensive patients matched with hypertension for more than two times was created.
  • the follow-up service record table for hypertensive patients contains physical sign information such as blood pressure, weight, body mass index, heart rate, and other information, such as daily smoking and daily alcohol consumption.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation on the first follow-up comparison index item 6042, acquires and displays the comparison results of blood pressure, the comparison result of heart rate, or the comparison results of other information in the service record table for multiple follow-up visits for hypertensive patients, so that The medical staff can understand the patient's disease control status more clearly and intuitively through the comparison result.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation of the first follow-up comparison index item 6042, acquires and displays the blood pressure, weight, body mass index, heart rate and other physical signs in the service record table for multiple hypertensive patients. And the comparison result of other information, and display it in the form of a table.
  • FIG. 13 the PC, in response to the user's operation of the first follow-up comparison index item 6042, acquires and displays the blood pressure, weight, body mass index, heart rate and other physical signs in the service record table for multiple hypertensive patients.
  • the comparison result of other information and display it in the form of a table.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation on the first follow-up comparison index item 6042, obtains and displays the blood pressure comparison results in the multiple follow-up service record tables for hypertensive patients, and displays them in the form of a trend graph display.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the presentation mode of the comparison result, and can be adjusted according to actual needs.
  • a second follow-up comparison index item 605 is also presented in the follow-up management interface 600.
  • the second follow-up comparison index item 605 is similar to the first follow-up comparison index item 6042.
  • the difference from the first follow-up comparison index item 6042 is that the second follow-up comparison index item 605 is configured to obtain and display information corresponding to the target patient.
  • the target patient here can be any patient who has created medical record card information.
  • the second medical information operation item 604 includes creating a follow-up index item.
  • the create follow-up index item is the same as the create follow-up index item in the patient list 101 of the patient management interface 100, and both are configured to instruct the user to create a follow-up task for the patient corresponding to the created follow-up index item.
  • the medical information processing method also includes the above-mentioned S31-S36.
  • the third operation of the user in S36 can also be understood as: the user selects the preset follow-up task template 311 in the follow-up task template area 303 in the follow-up creation interface 300 (that is, the above-mentioned S361), or in the creation follow-up interface A follow-up task is customized in the customized area 310 in 300 (ie, S362 or S363 mentioned above).
  • the medical information processing method further includes S37.
  • the PC In response to the user's saving operation of the newly created follow-up task, the PC adds the follow-up task and the corresponding patient's medical information to the follow-up task list 601.
  • the follow-up management interface 600 also presents a follow-up task search box 602 and a follow-up query item 607.
  • the follow-up task search box 602 includes a medical record number input box, a name input box, a mobile phone number input box, Follow-up personnel selection items, status selection items, etc.
  • the follow-up task search box 602 is configured to present follow-up search information, and the follow-up search information includes medical record number, patient name, mobile phone number, follow-up person, follow-up status, and the like.
  • the follow-up query item 607 is configured to indicate that the follow-up search information presented in the follow-up task search box 602 is searched.
  • the follow-up management interface 600 also presents a custom time option 606, and the user can filter the follow-up date through the custom time option 606 to obtain follow-up tasks with a follow-up date within a certain period of time. .
  • a new follow-up index item 603 is also presented in the follow-up management interface 600. Based on this, the medical information processing method further includes S64-S66.
  • the PC displays the follow-up creation interface 300 in response to the user's operation of the new follow-up index item 603, which is similar to the create follow-up interface 300 displayed in S31 (that is, the create follow-up interface shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7). 300)
  • the create follow-up interface 300 also includes a patient search box 103.
  • the PC determines the target patient in response to the query operation on the information entered in the patient search box 103, and displays the medical treatment information of the target patient. For example, the user enters the name X3 and the medical record number CD10000103 in the patient search box 103, and the PC determines that the target patient is X3 in response to the query operation of the name X3 and the medical record number CD10000103 entered in the patient search box 103, and is shown in Figure 10 In the illustrated health prescription creation interface 200, the medical visit information of the target patient X3 is displayed.
  • the PC determines a new follow-up task matching the disease of the target patient; the new follow-up task includes follow-up content matching the disease of the target patient and a follow-up time corresponding to the follow-up content.
  • S66 is the same as the above-mentioned S36, and the third operation of the user can also be understood as: the user selects the preset follow-up task template 311 in the follow-up task template area 303 in the follow-up creation interface 300 (that is, the above-mentioned S361), or A follow-up task is customized in the custom area 310 in the create follow-up interface 300 (ie, S362 or S363 mentioned above), which will not be repeated here.
  • the PC In response to the user's saving operation of the new follow-up task, the PC adds the medical visit information of the target patient and the new follow-up task to the follow-up task list 601.
  • S67 is the same as S37 described above.
  • the at least one navigation tab 11 includes a new follow-up tab, and the above S2 includes S2E.
  • the S2E and the PC display the follow-up creation interface 300 in response to the user's first operation on the new follow-up tab (for example, the user clicks on an icon representing the new follow-up tab in the navigation bar 1).
  • the follow-up creation interface 300 displayed here is the same as the follow-up creation interface 300 displayed in S64. Based on this, the medical information processing method also includes the above-mentioned S64-S66.
  • the follow-up creation interface 300 also presents a registered card index item 105.
  • the registered card index item 105 is the same as the registered card index item 105 in the patient list interface 100 shown in FIG. 2, and both are configured to instruct the user to create a medical record card for a new patient.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S41 and S42, which will not be repeated here.
  • the target patient is considered to be a new patient. Based on this, the PC first executes the above S41 and S42 to create a medical record card for the new patient, and then, in response to the operation of returning to the create follow-up interface 300, executes S65-S67 again; or, the PC first executes S2A, at this time, the patient
  • the first row in the list 101 is the information of the new patient, and the PC executes S31 and S36 to create a follow-up task for the new patient.
  • the operation of returning to the create follow-up interface 300 can be understood as: the interface tab 81 that appears on the navigation pane 8 when the user clicks on the PC to execute S65 in the interface tab 81 of the navigation pane 8 as shown in FIG. 10 Create a follow-up in the navigation pane 8; or, the user clicks an icon on the navigation bar 1 that represents the create follow-up tab.
  • the operation can also be other operations, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not list them one by one, as long as the operation can display the creation follow-up interface 300 and can create follow-up tasks for the patient on the interface.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S01-02.
  • the PC displays the login information box.
  • the PC displays the home page interface 001 in response to the login operation on the login information entered in the login information box.
  • the home page interface 001 presents the user's work content and quantity on the working day.
  • the user enters the login information of Dr. Zou in the login information box.
  • the PC displays the home page interface 001, and the home page interface 001 displays the workload reminder of Dr. Zou on the working day.
  • Information bar 010 to remind the user of the amount of work tasks that need to be completed today.
  • the workload reminder information column 010 includes the workload that has not been performed today, for example, the number of follow-up tasks that have not been performed. Based on this, the home page interface 001 also presents a list 601 of unexecuted follow-up tasks to facilitate the medical staff to view specific follow-up task information.
  • the follow-up task list 601 presented in the follow-up management interface 600 presents all the follow-up tasks of all patients. Among them, the follow-up personnel can be the same. A doctor can also be different doctors. However, the follow-up task list 601 presented in the home page interface 001 only displays the follow-up tasks for which the follow-up person is a logged-in user (ie, Dr. Zou).
  • the PC displays the registration information box in response to determining that the login information does not exist; and responds to the registration operation of entering the registration information in the registration information box To transfer the registration information to the server.
  • the registration information includes login information, that is, part of the information in the above-mentioned registration information is used as the user's login information.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a disease assessment tab.
  • the above S2 includes S2F.
  • the PC displays the first disease evaluation interface 800 in response to the user's first operation on the disease evaluation tab.
  • the first disease evaluation interface 800 presents a disease evaluation information text box, including an evaluation type option 801, basic Information text box 802, laboratory inspection information text box 803.
  • the evaluation type option 801 includes multiple disease types, and part of the information in the basic information text box 802 and the examination item in the laboratory examination information text box 803 match one of the diseases in the evaluation type option.
  • the processing method of medical information also includes S71-S72.
  • the PC matches the information in the basic information text box 802 and the inspection item in the laboratory inspection information text box 803 with the disease corresponding to the determined evaluation type.
  • the PC In response to the saving operation of the information entered in the disease assessment information text box, the PC automatically obtains and displays the disease assessment report corresponding to the disease assessment information according to the knowledge base in the server.
  • the evaluation type options 801 presented in the first disease evaluation interface 800 include diabetes evaluation, hypertension evaluation, and hyperlipidemia evaluation.
  • the evaluation type option 801 may also include other diseases.
  • FIG. 17 only uses diabetes evaluation, hypertension evaluation, and hyperlipidemia evaluation as examples.
  • the information in the basic information text box 802 includes information such as name, age, gender, height, weight, race, education level, etc., as well as information such as waist circumference, family history of diabetes, amount of exercise, smoking or not.
  • the check items in the laboratory check information text box 803 include fasting blood glucose, blood glucose two hours after a meal, systolic blood pressure, cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein, high-density lipoprotein, and triglycerides, because diabetic patients may have high blood pressure Wait. In this way, the assessment report can be more accurate.
  • the disease assessment report includes the risk assessment results and the patient’s health advice, so that the patient can understand his own health through the disease assessment results. If the risk assessment result shows that the patient has a higher probability of developing diabetes. If the patient is small, but there is still a risk, the patient can recuperate by himself according to the health recommendations in the risk assessment results. In this way, the pressure of medical institutions can be reduced, and the efficiency of patients' consultation can also be improved.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a smart question and answer tab.
  • the above S2 includes S2G.
  • the PC displays the smart question and answer interface 900 in response to the user's first operation on the smart question and answer tab.
  • the smart question and answer interface 900 presents a question search box 901, and the question search box 901 is configured to present the question to be searched. .
  • the medical information processing method also includes S81.
  • the PC obtains and displays the question whose similarity meets the similarity threshold condition and the answering plan matching the question from the knowledge base preset in the server. In this way, it is convenient for the relatively junior medical staff to consult relevant technical knowledge.
  • the solution is one.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a consultation tab.
  • the above S2 includes S2H.
  • the PC displays the consultation management interface 002 in response to the user's first operation on the consultation tab.
  • the consultation management interface 002 presents a consultation list.
  • the consultation list includes at least one line of consultation information from the server.
  • the information includes the patient's medical treatment information, question summary, consultation type, whether there are attachments, response status, and the fourth detailed index item.
  • the reply status includes answered or unanswered.
  • Medical information processing methods also include S90 and S94-S95.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the fourth detail index item 901, and displays the consultation question corresponding to the row of consultation information and the consultation information corresponding to the row of consultation information.
  • the response text box that matches the inquiry type.
  • the PC presents an answer result matching the inquiry question.
  • the user's operation on the reply text box can be understood as: the user enters the answer result in the reply text box, or uses the following template for quoting the knowledge base.
  • input can be understood as text input, and can also be understood as voice input or other input methods, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the PC changes the answer status in the consultation information of the row from unanswered to answered.
  • the consultation type in one row of consultation information is graphic consultation.
  • the PC displays the image Document consultation details interface 003.
  • the graphic consultation details interface 003 displays the question and answer text boxes.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation of the reply text box and presents the answer result matching the consultation question.
  • the user's operation on the reply text box can be understood as: the user enters the answer result in the reply text box.
  • the consultation type in one line of consultation information is report interpretation
  • the reply text box includes an abnormal question summary text box and a health advice text box.
  • the medical information processing method also includes S91.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation of the fourth detail index item 901, the PC displays a report interpretation interface 004, and the report interpretation interface 004 presents an inspection report 0041, an abnormal problem summary text box 0042, and a health advice text box 0043.
  • the aforementioned S94 includes S941-S942.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of the abnormal problem summary text box 0042, the PC presents the abnormal problem corresponding to the inspection report and the interpretation text of the abnormal problem.
  • the user's operation on the abnormal problem summary text box 0042 can be understood as: the user enters the abnormal problem in the abnormal problem summary text box 0042, or uses the following reference abnormal problem template (ie, the following S9411-S9413) .
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of the health advice text box, the PC presents a medical plan matching the abnormal problem; the medical plan includes a medication plan, a diet plan, and an exercise plan.
  • the user's operation on the health advice text box can be understood as: the user enters the health advice in the health advice text box, or uses the following reference health advice template.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S92.
  • the PC displays the abnormal problem template tab.
  • the report interpretation interface 004 presents the abnormal problem template tab in the form of text (for example, abnormal problem).
  • the aforementioned S941 includes S9411-S9413.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of the abnormal question template tab, the PC displays a third category list, and the third category list includes multiple question types.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation on the question type corresponding to the abnormal question in the third classification list, the PC displays the abnormal question corresponding to the question type and an interpretation text template corresponding to the abnormal question.
  • the abnormal problem is sinus rhythm
  • the third category list includes the types of ECG problems corresponding to sinus rhythm.
  • the corresponding interpretation text template is: sinus arrhythmia, don’t worry too much, most of the physical examinations have .
  • the PC displays an interpretation text template with the words "sinus arrhythmia, don't worry too much, most human examinations have".
  • the content of the interpretation text template is pre-stored.
  • the user summarizes the abnormal problems in the report, he can directly quote the content of the pre-stored interpretation text template, which improves the work efficiency of the doctor.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S93.
  • the PC displays the health advice template tab.
  • the report interpretation interface 004 presents a health advice template tab in the form of text (for example, health advice).
  • the aforementioned S942 includes S9421-S9423.
  • the PC displays the entry subtab in response to the user's operation on the health advice template tab.
  • the report interpretation interface 004 presents the entry subtab in the form of text (for example, entry).
  • the term subtab is the same as the term subtab 202 in the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the PC responds to the user's operation on the entry subtab (for example, clicking on the text "entry"), and displays a first category list.
  • the first category list includes multiple first-level items and is included in each entry. At least one disease type under a first-level item; the multiple first-level items include a drug program item, a diet program item, and an exercise program item.
  • S9422 is the same as the above-mentioned S261, that is to say, the first-level items in the first classification list and the disease types included in each first-level item presented in the report interpretation interface 004 are the same as those presented in Create Health
  • the first-level items in the first classification list of the prescription interface 200 are the same as the disease types included in each first-level item.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation on the disease category corresponding to the abnormal problem under a first-level item in the first classification list, the PC displays at least one entry corresponding to the disease category under the first-level item Text template.
  • the abnormal problem requires medical staff to give health advice. For example, if the abnormal problem is sinus rhythm, there is no need for medical staff to give health advice.
  • the abnormal problem is hypertension
  • the disease type corresponding to the abnormal problem is hypertension
  • the PC responds to the user's click operation on the hypertension in the first category list, and displays the corresponding hypertension in the report interpretation interface 004
  • At least one entry text template is the same as the entry text template corresponding to hypertension presented on the health prescription interface 200, and both are templates pre-stored in the knowledge base.
  • S9424 In response to the user's operation of an entry text template, the PC presents the content of the entry text template in the health advice text box 0043.
  • the user's operation on an entry text template can be understood as: clicking the reference button corresponding to the entry text template (as shown in Figure 22), or dragging the entry text template to the health advice text box 0043 in.
  • the above S942 includes S9425-S9428.
  • the report interpretation interface 004 presents the health prescription template subtab in the form of text (for example, a template).
  • the health prescription template subtab is the same as the health prescription template subtab 206 in the create health prescription interface 200.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation on the health prescription template subtab, the PC displays a second classification list, where the second classification list includes multiple disease types.
  • S9426 is the same as the above-mentioned S264, that is, the second classification list presented on the report interpretation interface 004 is the same as the second classification list 207 presented on the health prescription creation interface 200.
  • the PC displays at least one medical plan template corresponding to the disease type.
  • the medical plan template corresponding to a disease for example, hypertension
  • the report interpretation interface 004 is the same as the medical plan template corresponding to hypertension presented on the health prescription interface 200, both of which are pre-stored in the knowledge base Template.
  • the PC presents at least part of the content in the medical plan template in the health advice text box.
  • the user's operation on a medical plan template can be understood as: click on the all reference buttons corresponding to the medical plan template (as shown in Figure 22), or drag the medical plan template to the health advice text box 0043 ; Or click the reference button corresponding to the medication plan, exercise plan, diet plan or other plan in the medical plan template.
  • the above-mentioned interpretation text template, entry text template, and medical plan template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 are all in a non-edited state. That is to say, in the report interpretation interface 004, the user can only refer to the interpretation text template, entry text template, and medical plan template, and cannot modify or delete them, and cannot add new templates.
  • the user can also modify, delete or add the interpretation text template, entry text template, and medical plan template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 in the report interpretation interface 004.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit this.
  • abnormal problem template tab and health advice template tab as well as the term subtab and health prescription template subtab in the health advice template tab may also be presented in different forms on other interfaces. , For example, is presented in the navigation bar 1 in the form of an icon.
  • the medical information processing method further includes S3-S6.
  • the PC in response to the user's operation of the knowledge base management tab, the PC displays a knowledge base management interface 005, and the knowledge base management interface 005 presents an abnormal problem template tab and a health advice template tab.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation of the abnormal question template tab, the PC displays question node setting items and interpretation text template setting items; the question node setting item is configured to indicate the type of setting question; the interpretation text template setting item It is configured to: instruct to add a new interpretation text template, instruct to edit the interpretation text template, and instruct to delete the interpretation text template.
  • the interpretation text template is the interpretation text template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 in S9412.
  • the interpretation text template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 in S9412 is derived from the interpretation text template stored in the knowledge base management interface 005 by the user.
  • the PC displays the entry subtab in response to the user's operation on the health advice template tab.
  • the PC displays the first node setting item and the entry text template setting item;
  • the first node setting item is configured to indicate the item type for setting health advice and The type of disease matched by each item type;
  • the item types of the health recommendations include drug program items, diet program items, exercise program items, and other items;
  • the entry text template setting item is configured to indicate the addition of a new entry
  • the text template instructs to edit the term text template, and, instructs to delete the term text template.
  • the term text template is the term text template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 and S262 in the health prescription creation interface 200 in S9422. That is to say, the entry text template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 in S9422 and the entry text template presented in the health prescription interface 200 in S262 are all derived from the entry stored in the knowledge base management interface 005 by the user. Text template.
  • the above S6 includes S601'-S603.
  • S601'-S603' The only difference between S601'-S603' and the aforementioned S601-S603 is that in S601-S603, the entry text template 205 is presented in the health prescription creation interface 200, while in S601'-S603', the entry text template is presented in the knowledge In the library management interface 005.
  • the user can pre-store the entry text template, which can be directly quoted when creating a health prescription or creating a health suggestion in the process of interpreting a report. It is also possible to add a new entry text template, or modify or delete a pre-stored entry text template during the process of quoting the entry text template, which improves the user's work efficiency.
  • the PC In response to the user's operation on the health advice template tab, the PC displays the health prescription template subtab.
  • the PC displays the second node setting item and the health prescription template setting item in response to the user's operation on the health prescription template subtab;
  • the second node setting item 0051 is configured to indicate settings Type of disease;
  • the health prescription template setting item is configured to: instruct to add a new medical plan template, instruct to edit the medical plan template, and instruct to delete the medical plan template.
  • the health prescription template setting items include adding items, editing items, deleting items, and saving items.
  • the medical plan template is the medical plan template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 in S9427 and the medical plan template presented in the health prescription interface 200 in S265.
  • the medical plan template presented in the report interpretation interface 004 in S9427 and the medical plan template presented in the health prescription creation interface 200 in S265 are all derived from the medical plan template stored in the knowledge base management interface 005 by the user.
  • the above S8 includes S801' and S804-S805.
  • S801' The only difference between S801' and S801 described above is that the medical plan template 208 in S801 is presented in the health prescription creation interface 200, and the term text template in S801' is presented in the knowledge base management interface 005.
  • the PC presents the medical plan template input box in the knowledge base management interface 005; the PC responds to the saving operation of the content added in the medical plan template input box, and enters the medical plan template The content in the box is added as a new medical plan template.
  • the PC deletes a medical plan template in response to the user's click operation on the delete item.
  • At least one navigation tab 11 includes a statistics tab.
  • the above S2 includes S2J.
  • the PC responds to the user's first operation on the statistics tab (for example, clicking an icon representing the statistics tab in the navigation bar 1), and displays the statistics management interface 006, the statistics interface Including a statistical category option 0061; in response to the user's operation of a statistical category in the statistical category option 0061, the PC acquires and displays statistical information corresponding to the statistical category; the statistical information is for multiple patients and diseases of multiple patients
  • the management information is classified and statistical information.
  • acquiring can be understood as: the PC or the server performs an integrated analysis on the data of the management information according to the numerical values and field types in the data of the management information of the multiple patients.
  • the statistical category option 0061 includes a disease type statistical option.
  • the PC obtains and displays statistical information on the number of patients corresponding to different diseases.
  • the statistical management interface 006 also presents a time period option 0062, and the user can filter the number of patients corresponding to different diseases among the patients who have created medical record card information within a period of time through the time period option 0062.
  • the statistics category option 0061 includes a health prescription statistics option, and the PC obtains and displays the number of health prescriptions that have been created in response to the user's click operation on the health prescription statistics option, for example.
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a time period option 0062, and the user can filter the number of health prescriptions created within a period of time through the time period option 0062.
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a prescribing doctor selection item 0063, and the user can filter the number of health prescriptions created by a certain doctor or multiple doctors through the prescribing doctor selection item 0063.
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a type of disease option 104, through which the user can filter the number of health prescriptions matching a certain type or types of disease.
  • the statistical category option 0061 includes a follow-up execution statistical option, and the PC obtains and displays different statuses (for example, executed, expired, executed, etc.) in response to the user's click operation on the follow-up execution statistical option, for example.
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a time period option 0062, and the user can filter the number of follow-up tasks in different states within a period of time through the time period option 0062.
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a doctor-executing option 0064, and the user can filter the number of follow-up tasks in which the doctor is a certain doctor or multiple doctors in different states through the doctor-executing option 0064.
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a type of disease option 104, and the user can filter the number of follow-up tasks in different states that match a certain type or types of disease through the type of disease option 104.
  • the executive doctor is the above-mentioned follow-up person.
  • the statistical category option 0061 includes a gender and age distribution option.
  • the PC acquires and displays the gender distribution and age distribution results of multiple patients ( For example, gender ratio, age ratio, or gender number, age number).
  • the statistics management interface 006 also presents a time period option 0062, and the user can filter the gender distribution and age distribution results of multiple patients who created medical records within a period of time through the time period option 0062.
  • the statistical category option 0061 includes a user management option, and the PC obtains and displays statistical results of different management states of multiple patients in response to the user's click operation on the user management option, for example.
  • the management status is, for example, first time management, continuous management, and unmanaged.
  • the first management can be understood as: from the date when the patient created the medical record card information to the date of statistics, the medical staff created a health prescription or created a follow-up task for the patient; continuous management can be understood as: create a medical record card from the patient From the date of the information to the date of statistics, the medical staff has created, for example, 3 health prescriptions for the patient in a row, or created a follow-up task for the patient 3 times in a row, or created a health prescription or follow-up task for the patient, for example, 3 times in a row; It is understood that from the date when the patient created the medical record card information to the date of statistics, the medical staff created a health prescription or follow-up task for the patient.
  • the above management status is only described by taking the management item as an example of creating a health prescription or a follow-up task.
  • the management item can also be the interpretation of reports for patients or answering consultations by medical staff, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are preset in the statistical process. There are no specific restrictions on the management items.
  • the management items can be understood as: from the date the patient creates the medical record card information to the date of statistics, items related to the storage of any other information except the medical record card information.
  • the statistics management interface 006 may also present other filtering items to filter the statistics information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the PC displays multiple navigation tabs, including patient management tabs, health prescription management tabs, follow-up management tabs, disease assessment tabs, smart question and answer tabs, consultation tabs, Statistics tab, knowledge base management tab, new health prescription tab, new follow-up tab, registration card creation tab, health advice template tab, abnormal problem template tab, entry subtab, health prescription template subpage Sign and the sub-tab of historical prescriptions.
  • the multiple navigation tabs may also include other tabs, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a method for acquiring medical information, and the execution subject of the method is a second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device is, for example, any product or component that has a display and a processor, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, and a personal computer (PC).
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is different from the type of the second electronic device. Make special restrictions.
  • the following takes the execution subject as a mobile phone as an example to introduce the method of acquiring the medical information.
  • the method for acquiring medical information includes S001-S003.
  • the mobile phone displays a home page interface P1, and the home page interface P1 presents multiple character selection items A1.
  • the multiple role selection items A1 include medical staff and patients.
  • the role selection item A1 is displayed in the form of text.
  • the role selection item A1 is displayed in the form of a picture or an icon.
  • the role selection item A1 may also be displayed in other forms, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the mobile phone determines the user's role, and displays a login information box corresponding to the user's role; login information boxes corresponding to different roles are different.
  • the mobile phone determines that the user role is a medical staff in response to the user's selection operation on a role selection item representing the medical staff, and displays the first login information box corresponding to the medical staff.
  • the mobile phone determines that the user role is a patient in response to the user's selection operation on a role selection item representing the patient, and displays the second login information box corresponding to the patient.
  • the user's selection operation of a role selection item can be understood as: touch, click, sound wakeup, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit this, as long as the mobile phone can respond to the operation to determine the user's role, and display The login information box corresponding to the user role is sufficient.
  • the types of login information presented in the first login information box and the second login information box are different.
  • the ID card number and password are displayed in the first login information box; the mobile phone number and verification code are displayed in the second login information box.
  • the identity information presented in the first login information box may also be other identity information, as long as the identity information presented in the first login information box matches the registration information filled in when the patient registers on the PC side.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure make no limitation on this.
  • the mobile phone In response to the user's login information entered in the login information box, the mobile phone displays at least one function tab corresponding to the user's role.
  • the mobile phone responds to the login information box being the first login information box, and the ID number and password entered in the first login information box, and displays the functional navigation interface P2 corresponding to the medical staff.
  • the function navigation interface P2 corresponding to the personnel includes a plurality of first function tabs A2.
  • the mobile phone in response to the login information box being the second login information box, and the mobile phone number and verification code entered in the second login information box, the mobile phone displays the functional navigation interface P3 corresponding to the patient.
  • the corresponding function navigation interface P3 includes multiple second function tabs A3.
  • first function tab A2 and the second function tab A3 may be displayed in the form of icons as shown in FIG. 31A or 31B, or may be displayed in other forms.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the display mode of the first function tab A2 and the second function tab A3.
  • first function tabs A2 When there are multiple first function tabs A2, multiple first function tabs A2 can be displayed at the same time or at different times. Similarly, when there are multiple second function tabs A3, multiple second function tabs A3 can be displayed at the same time or at different times.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the display order of the first function tab A2 and the second function tab A3.
  • the multiple first function tabs A2 can be displayed on the same interface or on different interfaces.
  • multiple second function tabs A3 can be displayed on the same interface or on different interfaces.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the display positions of the first function tab A2 and the second function tab A3.
  • the first functional tab A2 corresponding to the medical staff is configured to indicate to display management information of diseases of multiple patients.
  • the management information of diseases of multiple patients is the same as the management information of diseases of multiple patients in the above-mentioned medical information processing method, and will not be repeated.
  • the second function tab A3 corresponding to the patient is configured to indicate to display management information of the patient's disease.
  • the disease management information of the patient can be understood as: the disease management information of one of the above-mentioned multiple patients.
  • the first login information box includes an ID number input box and a password input box.
  • the above S003 also includes S0034-S0035.
  • the mobile phone sends the ID number in the ID input box and the password in the password input box to the server.
  • the mobile phone In response to the received confirmation message from the server that the ID number and password match the registration information, the mobile phone displays multiple first function tabs A2 corresponding to the medical staff.
  • the second login information box includes a mobile phone number input box and a verification code input box.
  • the above S003 also includes S0031-S0033.
  • the mobile phone sends the mobile phone number presented in the mobile phone number input box to the server.
  • the mobile phone obtains the verification code from the server.
  • the mobile phone determines whether the verification code entered by the user in the second login information box matches the verification code from the server, and in response to determining that the verification code entered in the second login information box matches the verification code from the server, displays the information corresponding to the patient Multiple second function tabs A3.
  • the role of the user is a medical staff
  • the first function tab A2 includes a work schedule tab. Based on this, the method for obtaining medical information also includes S004-S005.
  • the mobile phone displays a schedule interface P4 in response to the operation of the work schedule tab by the medical staff, and the schedule interface P4 presents multiple work item index items A4 of the medical personnel, and the work item index item A4 includes pictures Article consultation index item, report interpretation index item and follow-up plan index item.
  • the user's operation on the work schedule tab can be understood as: the medical staff clicks on the work schedule tab or wakes up the work schedule tab by sound, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not impose special restrictions on this operation, as long as the mobile phone responds to the operation,
  • the index item A4 of the work item can be displayed.
  • the mobile phone obtains and displays the work content corresponding to the work item index item of the medical personnel from the server in response to the operation of the work item index item A4 by the medical personnel.
  • the user's operation on a work item index item A4 can be understood as: the medical staff clicks the work item index item A4 or wakes up the work item index item A4 by sound, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not impose special restrictions on this operation.
  • the mobile phone in response to the operation of the medical staff on the graphic consultation index item (for example, clicking on the graphic consultation index item), the mobile phone obtains the work content list A5 corresponding to the medical staff’s graphic consultation index item from the server, and displays it in Displayed in P4 on the schedule interface.
  • each line of information in the work content list A5 displays an outline of the work content and the patient's name corresponding to the work content.
  • the summary of the work content is the abnormal item of the laboratory test result, and the patient is Mr. Xie. In other words, Mr.
  • the medical staff can also complete the work content corresponding to the graphic consultation index item through the graphic consultation index item, that is, the medical staff can answer the consultation questions raised by the patient.
  • the mobile phone in response to the operation of the medical staff on the index item of the follow-up plan (for example, clicking the index item of the follow-up plan), the mobile phone obtains the work content list A5 corresponding to the index item of the follow-up plan of the medical staff from the server, and displays it on the schedule interface Shown in P4.
  • the second line of information in the work content list A5 the summary of the work content is the diabetic patient follow-up service record table, and the patient is X1.
  • the work content of the medical staff is: to perform the follow-up task for the patient X1 whose follow-up content is the follow-up service record sheet for diabetic patients.
  • the follow-up task is one of the follow-up tasks of the medical staff in the follow-up task list 601 displayed by the PC.
  • the work content list A5 displays information corresponding to multiple work item index items A4.
  • the method for obtaining medical information further includes S006.
  • the mobile phone obtains the number of work content corresponding to the work item index item A4 of the medical staff from the server on the target work day, and corresponds the work item index item of the medical staff to the work content A4
  • the quantity is displayed on the index item of the work item.
  • the mobile phone obtains the number of work content corresponding to the graphic consultation index item of the medical staff on the working day from the server as 1, and then displays the number 1 on the graphic consultation index item , So that the medical staff knows the workload related to graphic consultation on the working day.
  • S006 and S004 are executed synchronously.
  • S006 and S004 may also be executed asynchronously, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the method for obtaining medical information further includes S007-S008.
  • the mobile phone also displays the working day option A6 in the schedule interface P4 to facilitate the medical staff to view the work content of different working days.
  • the mobile phone determines the target working day in response to the operation of the working day option A6 by the medical staff.
  • the target working day shown in Figure 31 is the working day.
  • the target working day shown in Figure 33 is March 25, 2020.
  • the mobile phone defaults to display the number of work content of the medical staff on the working day. In this way, the medical staff can know what they do on the working day.
  • the role of the user is a medical staff
  • the first function tab A2 includes a statistical query tab.
  • the method of obtaining medical information also includes S009.
  • the mobile phone displays the statistical interface P5, and obtains and displays the statistical information of the follow-up status of multiple patients from the server.
  • the statistical information of the follow-up status of a plurality of patients is the statistical information of the patient's health status after each patient has been followed up at least once. That is, statistical information of satisfactory control, unsatisfactory control, adverse reactions, or complications in the "this follow-up category" in the hypertension patient follow-up service record table shown in FIG. 12 for the above-mentioned multiple patients.
  • the percentage of satisfactory control is 66.67%
  • the percentage of unsatisfactory control is 33.33%.
  • the medical staff can understand the treatment status of the patient's disease through the statistical information, and can appropriately adjust the treatment method.
  • the first function tab A2 can also include other tabs, such as the My Patient tab, the plan recommendation tab, and the follow-up execution tab in Figure 30.
  • the medical staff can View the information of patients related to yourself through the My Patients tab, and view the above-mentioned medical plans or health suggestions corresponding to multiple patients stored in the server through plan recommendations.
  • the medical staff can view the multiple follow-up tasks stored in the server and the follow-up content corresponding to each follow-up task through the follow-up execution tab, that is, the above-mentioned follow-up record table.
  • the follow-up person for the follow-up task is the medical staff
  • the follow-up person can also implement the follow-up task through the follow-up execution tab or the above-mentioned follow-up plan index item, that is, fill in the follow-up record form.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure make no limitation on this.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the second function tab A3 includes a disease assessment tab. Based on this, the method of obtaining medical information also includes S010-S011.
  • the mobile phone In response to the patient's operation of the disease assessment tab, the mobile phone displays a second disease assessment interface P6, and the second disease assessment interface P6 presents at least one disease assessment question.
  • the mobile phone obtains the disease evaluation result of the patient from the server in response to the user's answer to each disease evaluation question, and displays it on the evaluation result interface P7.
  • the disease evaluation question is a question matching each disease stored in the server in advance. According to the patient's answer, the server will automatically match a disease assessment question and continue to ask the patient until an assessment result can be generated for the patient's disease.
  • the mobile phone in response to the patient’s operation of the disease assessment tab, displays the first question "Are you assessing for yourself?" on the second disease assessment interface P6. In response to the patient’s answer to the first question, the mobile phone automatically displays the second question "What is the gender of the tested person?", and the mobile phone automatically displays the third question in response to the patient’s answer to the second question. Questions, and so on, and finally based on the questions and answers, the assessment results are automatically generated and displayed on the mobile phone (as shown in Figure 36), so that the patient has an understanding of his disease.
  • the disease assessment question may be consistent with the options in the disease assessment information text box presented on the first disease assessment interface 800.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the second function tab A3 includes a smart question and answer tab. Based on this, the method of obtaining medical information also includes S012-S013.
  • the mobile phone displays the FAQ smart question and answer interface P8 in response to the operation of the smart question and answer tab by the patient; the FAQ smart question and answer interface P8 presents a question search box.
  • the mobile phone obtains and displays one or more solution solutions associated with the question from the server.
  • the solution can be automatically matched by the server according to the pre-stored knowledge base.
  • the role of the user is a patient
  • the second function tab A3 includes a consultation tab. Based on this, the method for obtaining medical information also includes S014-S016.
  • the mobile phone displays a consultation interface P9 in response to the operation of the consultation tab by the patient, and the consultation interface P9 presents a basic information text box and a condition description text box.
  • the basic information text box is configured to present basic information of the patient, such as name, age, occupation and other information.
  • the condition description text box is configured to present the patient's condition information, that is, the patient's problem information that needs consultation.
  • the mobile phone obtains and displays the answer result from the server that matches the inquiry question on the question detail interface P10.
  • the mobile phone transmits the consultation question to the server, and the server transmits the consultation question to the PC, so that the medical staff can see the consultation question and answer the consultation question.
  • the PC transmits the answering result of the medical staff to the consultation question to the server, and the server transmits the answering result back to the mobile phone interface corresponding to the patient, so that the patient can view the answering result.
  • the question details interface P10 presents questioning items.
  • the mobile phone displays a question input box in response to the patient's operation on the questioning item; and in response to submitting the content entered in the question input box, the content is transmitted to the server .
  • the patient continues to consult the medical staff with relevant questions based on the answer results of the medical staff.
  • the content presented in the basic information text box and the condition description text box of the consultation interface P9 is the consultation information in the consultation list in the consultation management interface 002 of the PC.
  • the method for obtaining medical information further includes S017-S018.
  • the mobile phone also displays the item of adding attachments on the consultation interface P9.
  • the mobile phone In response to the patient's operation of adding the accessory item, the mobile phone adds at least one accessory, such as a medical examination report or an inspection form.
  • S015 includes S0151.
  • the mobile phone responds to the patient’s input of the patient’s information in the basic information text box, the consultation question entered in the disease description text box, and the submission of the at least one attachment, and the mobile phone sends the The information, the consultation question in the disease description text box, and the at least one attachment are transmitted to the server.
  • the medical staff can see, for example, the physical examination report or the examination sheet, etc., and understand the patient's health status more intuitively.
  • the method for obtaining medical information further includes S019-S020.
  • the mobile phone also displays a doctor selector on the consultation interface P9.
  • the mobile phone determines the doctor to be consulted in response to the operation of the doctor selector by the patient.
  • S015 includes S0152.
  • the mobile phone responds to the user's submission operation of the patient's information entered in the basic information text box and the consultation question entered in the disease description text box, and sends the information in the basic information text box to the The consultation question in the condition description text box and the consulted doctor corresponding to the consultation question are transmitted to the server.
  • the patient can choose a suitable doctor according to his condition, which improves the patient's experience of seeing a doctor, and also improves the doctor's work efficiency. For example, if the patient's consultation question is about digestion, you can choose a doctor who specializes in digestive diseases.
  • the multiple role selection items A1 further include managers, and the at least one function tab includes a statistical query tab. Based on this, the method further includes S021.
  • the mobile phone displays a query item in response to the user's operation on the statistical query tab; the query item is configured to indicate the query classification and statistical result, and the classified statistical result is based on the information stored in the server related to the patient and the doctor. Data classification statistics are obtained.
  • the registration method of the manager is the same as the registration method of the medical staff described above.
  • the classified statistical results are the same as the statistical results displayed on the statistical management interface 006 on the PC side (for example, Figures 24-28).
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a method for interacting medical information, including S1001-S1004.
  • the medical information processing device displays at least one navigation tab 11.
  • the target navigation tab 11 is determined, and the disease management information of the patient matching the target navigation tab 11 is displayed.
  • the medical information processing device transmits the management information of the patient's disease to the server.
  • the medical information acquiring device acquires the management information of the patient's disease from the server.
  • the medical information acquisition device displays multiple role selection items; the multiple role selection items include medical staff and patients; in response to a user's selection operation on a role selection item, the role of the user is determined, and the user’s role is displayed.
  • Login information box corresponding to the role of the user login information boxes corresponding to different roles are different; and in response to the user's login information entered in the login information box, display at least one function tab corresponding to the user's role;
  • the first functional tab A2 corresponding to the medical staff is configured to indicate to display management information of multiple patients' diseases
  • the second functional tab A3 corresponding to the patient is configured to indicate to display the management of diseases of the patient information.
  • the medical information processing device transmits the medical record card information of each patient to the server, and the medical information acquisition device obtains the medical record card information of each patient from the server.
  • the medical information acquisition device acquires the medical record card information of multiple patients related to the medical staff from the server, and displays it on the interface of the medical information acquisition equipment where the user is the medical staff in.
  • the management information of the patient’s disease includes the patient’s consultation information
  • the patient’s consultation information includes the patient’s basic information and consultation questions and answer results
  • the medical information processing device responds to the medical staff’s response to the answer results corresponding to the consultation information.
  • the submission operation of the medical information acquisition device transmits the answer result to the server.
  • the medical information acquisition device acquires the answer result in the consultation information corresponding to the patient from the server, and sends the answer result It is displayed on the interface of the user's medical information acquisition device for the patient.
  • the interactive method of medical information in the embodiments of the present disclosure enables the medical information to be processed and displayed according to the needs of the user of each terminal device, which improves the work efficiency of medical staff and solves the problem of patients. Difficult to see a doctor.
  • the medical information interaction method further includes S1005-S1008.
  • the medical information acquisition device displays a consultation tab corresponding to the patient, and the consultation tab is configured to instruct the patient to submit a consultation question.
  • the medical information acquisition device transmits the consultation question to the server.
  • the medical information processing device acquires and displays the consultation question from the server.
  • the medical information processing device transmits the answer result to the server in response to the submission operation of the answer result matching the consultation question.
  • the medical information processing device E1 includes: a first display E1-1 and a first processor E1-2.
  • the first processor E1-2 is coupled to the first display E1-1.
  • the first processor E1-2 is configured to: control the first display E1-1 to display at least one navigation tab 11; in response to the user's first operation, determine the target navigation tab 11, and control the first display E1-1 displays the disease management information of the patient that matches the target navigation tab 11; the target navigation tab 11 is one of the at least one navigation tabs 11.
  • the medical information processing equipment E1 further includes a first input device E1-3.
  • the first input device E1-3 is coupled to the first processor E1-2, and the first input device E1-3 is configured to input a first operation of the user.
  • the medical information acquisition device E2 includes a second display E2-1 and a second processor E2-2.
  • the second processor E2-2 is configured to: control the second display E2-1 to display a plurality of role selection items; the plurality of role selection items include medical staff and patients; in response to a user's selection of a role selection item Operation, determine the role of the user, and control the second display E2-1 to display the login information box corresponding to the role of the user; the login information boxes corresponding to different roles are different; in response to the input in the login information box Of the user’s login information, the second display E2-1 is controlled to display at least one function tab corresponding to the user’s role; at least one function tab corresponding to the medical staff is configured to indicate the number of The disease management information of each patient, and at least one function tab corresponding to the patient is configured to indicate to display the disease management information of the patient.
  • the medical information acquisition device E2 further includes a second input device E2-3 coupled to the second processor E2-2.
  • the second input device E2-3 is configured to: input a user's selection operation on a role selection item, and input the user's login information.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure provide a computer device, including a memory and a processor; the memory stores computer program instructions that can be run on the processor, and the processor executes the computer program instructions as described above.
  • the computer equipment may be the aforementioned medical information processing equipment or medical information acquisition equipment.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure provide a computer-readable storage medium (for example, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium) in which computer program instructions are stored, and when the computer program instructions are run on a processor, Make the processor execute one or more steps in the medical information processing method described in any one of the above embodiments, and execute one of the medical information acquisition methods described in any one of the above embodiments Or multiple steps, or execute the medical information interaction method described in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • a computer-readable storage medium for example, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
  • Make the processor execute one or more steps in the medical information processing method described in any one of the above embodiments, and execute one of the medical information acquisition methods described in any one of the above embodiments Or multiple steps, or execute the medical information interaction method described in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the foregoing computer-readable storage medium may include, but is not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, CD (Compact Disk), DVD (Digital Versatile Disk, Digital universal disk), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • Various computer-readable storage media described in this disclosure may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable storage media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Medical Treatment And Welfare Office Work (AREA)

Abstract

一种医疗信息的交互方法，包括：医疗信息处理设备显示至少一个导航页签，响应于用户的第一操作，显示与目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，并将所述患者的疾病的管理信息传输至服务器；医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的所述患者的疾病的管理信息；医疗信息获取设备显示多个角色选择项；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，显示与用户角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；并响应于登录信息框中输入的登录信息，显示与用户角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。

Description

医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法
本申请要求于2019年11月25日提交的、申请号为201911169008.X，于2020年9月30日提交的、申请号为202011063268.1，以及于2020年11月24日提交的、申请号为202011331863.9的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本公开涉及医疗信息技术领域，尤其涉及一种医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法。
背景技术
慢性疾病主要是指以心脑血管疾病、糖尿病、恶性肿瘤等为代表的一系列疾病，具有病程长、致死致残率高、经济负担重等特点。
目前，我国具有慢性疾病的患者约数亿人，随着老龄化比例逐年提高，潜在疾病人群基数继续扩大，因此，疾病管理不仅成为医疗卫生领域内需要关注的热点，也已经成为亟待重视的社会问题。
公开内容
一方面，提供一种医疗信息的处理方法，包括：显示至少一个导航页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；所述目标导航页签为所述至少一个导航页签中的一个。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签包括患者管理页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述患者管理页签的所述第一操作，至少显示患者列表，所述患者列表包括至少一个患者中每个患者的就诊信息和与每个患者对应的至少一个医疗操作索引项；所述至少一个医疗操作索引项包括对所述患者的疾病的治疗方法进行创建的索引项。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个医疗操作索引项包括创建健康处方索引项；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对目标患者对应的所述创建健康处方索引项的操作，至少显示健康处方文本框，所述健康处方文本框为空白框；响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案；所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示词条子页签； 其中，所述响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，包括：响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，呈现第一分类列表，所述第一分类列表包括多个一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的至少一个病种；所述多个一级项目包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目；响应于用户对所述第一分类列表中的一个一级项目下与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种的操作，呈现与该一级项目下的所述病种对应的至少一个词条文本模板；响应于用户对一个词条文本模板的操作，将所述词条文本模板的内容呈现于所述健康处方文本框中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示至少一个词条模板设置项；至少一个词条模板设置项包括添加项、编辑项和删除项中的至少一个；所述添加项被配置为指示添加新的词条文本模板；所述编辑项被配置为指示对至少一个词条文本模板进行编辑；所述删除项被配置为指示删除至少一个词条文本模板。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示健康处方模板子页签；其中，所述响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，包括：响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，呈现第二分类列表，所述第二分类列表包括至少一个病种；响应于用户对所述第二分类列表中的与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种的操作，还呈现与该病种对应的至少一个医疗方案模板；响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板的操作，将所述医疗方案模板中的至少部分内容呈现于所述健康处方文本框中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示健康处方模板设置项，所述健康处方模板设置项被配置为指示对至少一个医疗方案模板进行编辑，并将编辑后的医疗方案模板的内容添加为新的医疗方案模板，或者，将编辑前的医疗方案模板的内容更新为编辑后的医疗方案模板的内容。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示历史处方子页签；其中，所述响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，包括：响应于用户对所述历史处方子页签的操作，呈现与所述目标患者的疾病相关联的历史处方列表；响应于用户对所述历史处方列表的操作，呈现所述历史处方列表中的一个历史处方的内容；响应于用户对所述历史处方的操作，将所述历史处方的内容呈现于所述健康处方文本框中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示存为模板项， 所述存为模板项被配置将呈现于所述健康处方文本框中的医疗方案保存为新的医疗方案模板。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个医疗操作索引项包括创建随访索引项；所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：响应于用户对目标患者对应的所述创建随访索引项的操作以及用户的第三操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的随访任务；所述随访任务包括与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与所述随访内容对应的随访时间。
在一些实施例中，所述随访内容为随访记录表；所述方法还包括：响应于打开量表制作工具界面的操作，显示所述量表制作工具界面；所述量表制作工具界面包括字段展示区和编辑区；所述字段展示区包括多个字段，所述编辑区用于制作随访记录表；其中，待制作的随访记录表包括多个目标元素，每个目标元素由一个字段生成；响应于制作随访记录表的操作，在所述编辑区制作随访记录表。
在一些实施例中，响应于制作随访记录表的操作，在所述编辑区制作随访记录表，包括：响应于用户在所述量表制作工具界面的字段选取操作，在所述编辑区显示所选取的字段；重复响应所述字段选取操作，直至所述随访记录表所需要的多个目标元素对应的字段均被显示在所述编辑区，生成随访记录表。
在一些实施例中，所述多个字段包括至少一个基础字段，所述基础字段包括至少一个待编辑的属性；
在所述字段选取操作所选取的字段为基础字段的情况下，在所述编辑区显示所选取的字段之后，所述方法还包括：
响应于所述字段选取操作，在所述编辑区显示所述基础字段的属性菜单；所述属性菜单包括至少一个属性编辑框；
响应于用户在至少一个属性编辑框输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个所述属性编辑框显示所编辑的属性，生成目标元素。
在一些实施例中，所述属性菜单还包括保存为常用字段按钮；所述方法还包括：响应于用户的选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，将所述所生成的目标元素作为常用字段显示在所述字段展示区。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述多个字段包括至少两个基础字段，所述至少两个基础字段包括第一基础字段和第二基础字段，所述第一基础字段被配置为生成第一目标元素，所述第二基础字段被配置为生成第二目标元素，所述第一目标元素与所述第二目标元素之间存在对应关系；所述第一基础字段 的至少一个属性编辑框包括数据源属性编辑框；所述响应于用户在至少一个属性编辑框输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个所述属性编辑框显示所编辑的属性，包括：响应于所述基础字段属性编辑操作，在所述第一基础字段的所述数据源属性编辑框内显示表征所述对应关系的数据源属性；所述方法还包括：响应于打开执行随访任务的操作指令，显示随访任务执行界面；所述随访任务执行界面包括针对目标患者创建的随访任务所包括的随访记录表，所述随访记录表包括所述第一目标元素和所述第二目标元素，所述第一目标元素和所述第二目标元素均具有编辑框；接收在所述第二目标元素的编辑框输入的第十三操作，所述第十三操作用于在；响应于用户在所述第二目标元素的编辑框中输入目标内容的操作，在所述第二目标元素的编辑框中显示所述目标内容，并且在所述第一目标元素的编辑框中自动显示依据所述数据源属性所表征的对应关系得到的内容。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述多个字段包括第三基础字段，所述第三基础字段被配置为生成第三目标元素，所述第三基础字段的至少一个属性编辑框包括数据源属性编辑框；所述响应于用户在至少一个属性编辑框输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个所述属性编辑框显示所编辑的属性，包括：响应于所述基础字段属性编辑操作，在所述第三基础字段的所述数据源属性编辑框内显示与后台数据库链接的数据源属性；所述方法还包括：响应于执行随访任务的操作指令，显示随访任务执行界面；所述随访任务执行界面包括针对目标患者创建的随访任务所包括的随访记录表，所述随访记录表包括所述第三目标元素，所述第三目标元素具有编辑框；响应于用户选中所述第三目标元素的编辑框的操作，在所述第三目标元素的编辑框中自动显示所述第三目标元素的数据源属性所链接的后台数据库中的内容。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述多个字段包括至少一个常用字段，所述常用字段包括至少一个已编辑的属性；在所述字段选取操作所选取的字段为常用字段的情况下，在所述编辑区显示所选取的字段之后，所述方法还包括：响应于用户的所述字段选取操作，将显示在所述编辑区的常用字段作为目标元素。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述多个字段包括多个常用字段，所述多个常用字段包括至少一个公用常用字段和至少一个私用常用字段；其中，所述公用常用字段能够作为至少两种待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素，所述私用常用字段能够作为一种待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述量表制作工具界面还包括表单区和提交栏； 所述表单区被配置为显示已生成的随访记录表的名称，所述提交栏包括生成表单按钮；所述方法还包括：响应于用户选中所述生成表单按钮的操作，在所述表单区显示保存的随访记录表的名称。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述提交栏还包括预览按钮；在所述响应于用户选中所述生成表单按钮的操作，在所述表单区显示保存的随访记录表的名称之前，所述方法还包括：响应于选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的表单展示在所述编辑区。
在一些实施例中，其中，选中所述预览按钮的操作还被配置为选择表单的预览效果，所述预览效果包括纸张效果和在终端的屏幕上显示的效果；所述响应于用户选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的表单展示在所述编辑区包括：响应于所述选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的随访记录表以所述纸张纸效果展示在所述编辑区，或者以所述在移动终端的屏幕上显示的效果展示在所述编辑区。
其中，所述表单区包括列表子区和操作子区；所述列表子区包括至少一个已保存的随访记录表的名称，所述已保存的表单包括多个已设置的元素；所述操作子区包括至少一个导入引用选项，每个所述已保存的表单对应一个所述导入引用选项；所述方法还包括：响应于选中一个所述导入引用选项的操作，在所述编辑区展示所选取的导入引用选项对应的已保存的随访记录表，将该随访记录表作为基础表单；响应于用户的修改操作，设置被修改的至少一个已设置的元素，生成所述目标元素；所述修改操作被配置为修改所述基础表单中的多个已设置的元素中的至少一个已设置的元素；其中，所述至少一个已设置的元素与所述待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素不一致；重复响应所述修改操作，直至所述基础表单中的多个已设置的元素与所述待制作的随访记录表中的多个目标元素一致，生成新的随访记录表。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示至少一个随访任务模板；其中，所述响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务，包括：响应于用户对一个随访任务模板的操作，将该随访任务模板确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
在一些实施例中，所述方法还包括：创建随访模板；所述随访模板包括所述至少一个随访任务模板。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述创建随访模板，包括：
显示随访模板界面；所述随访模板界面包括模板选择框，所述模板选择框包括多个疾病选项；响应于创建随访模板的操作，显示疾病选项菜单；响 应于用户对一个疾病选项的选择操作，确认目标疾病，并创建与所述目标疾病匹配的随访模板；所述随访模板包括多个随访记录表和对应每个随访记录表的时间间隔；所述多个随访记录表中的每个随访记录表为与所述目标疾病对应的随访记录表，所述时间间隔为，针对所述目标疾病所设定的随访的日期与创建随访任务的日期之间的时间间隔。
在一些实施例中，其中，所述随访模板界面还包括模板内容栏，所述模板内容栏包括新建按钮，所述模板内容栏被配置为显示已创建的随访模板；所述创建与所述目标疾病匹配的随访模板，包括：响应于选中所述新建按钮的操作，在所述随访模板界面显示随访模板创建对话框；所述随访模板创建对话框包括随访记录表编辑框和时间间隔编辑框，以及确定按钮和取消按钮，所述随访记录表编辑框具有与所述目标疾病相关的至少一个表单选项，每个所述表单选项对应一个预设的随访记录表；响应于用户选择一个表单选项的操作，在所述随访记录表编辑框内显示所选择的表单选项对应的随访记录表的名称；响应于用户输入时间间隔的操作，在所述时间间隔编辑框中显示设定的时间间隔；响应于用户选中所述确定按钮的操作，在所述模板内容栏显示所述随访模板。在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示至少一个预设时间选项和与每个预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器；其中，所述响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务，包括：响应于用户对一个预设时间选项的选择、以及与该预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器的选择，将选择的所述随访内容选择器中的随访内容以及所述预设时间选项中的随访时间确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示时间选择器以及与所述时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器；所述响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务，包括：响应于用户对所述时间选择器以及与所述时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器的选择，将选择的所述随访内容选择器中的随访内容以及所述时间选择器中的随访时间确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示病种选择器；响应于用户对所述病种选择器的操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示随访人员选择器；响应于用户对所述随访人员选择器的操作，对所述随访任务关联随访人员。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示注册建卡索引项；响应于用户对所述注册建卡索引项的操作，至少显示基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框；所述基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的基本信息，所述确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息；响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的至少部分信息作为就诊信息添加到所述患者列表中。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签包括健康处方管理页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述健康处方管理页签的所述第一操作，显示健康处方列表，所述健康处方列表包括至少一行处方信息，每行处方信息包括患者的就诊信息以及至少一个第一医疗信息操作项；所述至少一个第一医疗信息操作项包括第二详情索引项；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述第二详情索引项的操作，显示健康处方文本框，所述健康处方文本框中呈现该行处方信息对应的医疗方案，所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
在一些实施例中，每行处方信息还包括状态信息，所述状态信息包括有效、停用或作废中的一者；在一行处方信息中的所述状态信息为有效的情况下，该行处方信息中的所述至少一个第一医疗信息操作项还包括停用项和作废项；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述停用项或所述作废项的操作，使该行处方信息中的状态信息由有效变更为停用或作废，并隐藏所述停用项和所述作废项。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示新建健康处方索引项；响应于用户对所述新建健康处方索引项的操作，显示患者搜索框和健康处方文本框，所述健康处方文本框为空白框；响应于对输入所述患者搜索框中的信息的查询操作，确定目标患者，并显示目标患者的就诊信息；响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案；响应于用户对所述医疗方案的保存操作，将所述目标患者的就诊信息作为一行新的处方信息中的部分信息添加到所述健康处方列表中，并将所述目标患者的医疗方案关联到该行新的处方信息中的第二详情索引项中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示注册建卡索引项；响应于用户对所述注册建卡索引项的操作，显示基本信息空白文本框 和确诊信息空白文本框；所述基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的基本信息，所述确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息；响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的部分信息作为就诊信息添加到所述患者列表中。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签包括随访管理页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述随访管理页签的所述第一操作，显示随访任务列表，所述随访任务列表包括至少一行随访信息，每行随访信息包括患者的就诊信息、随访时间、随访内容以及至少一个第二医疗信息操作项。
在一些实施例中，每行随访信息还包括随访状态，所述随访状态包括未随访或已完成中的一者；在一行随访信息中的所述随访状态为未随访的情况下，该行随访信息中的所述至少一个第二医疗信息操作项还包括随访执行索引项；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述随访执行索引项的操作，显示与所述随访内容对应的随访记录表；响应于对输入所述随访记录表中的内容的保存操作，使该行随访信息中的随访状态由未随访变更为已完成，且使所述随访执行索引项变更为第三详情索引项。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个第二医疗信息操作项还包括随访对比索引项；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述随访对比索引项的操作，获取并显示与该行随访信息中的患者对应的至少两次相同疾病匹配的随访内容的对比结果。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个第二医疗信息操作项还包括创建随访索引项；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述创建随访索引项的操作，以及用户的第三操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种匹配的新的随访任务；所述新的随访任务包括与该患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与所述随访内容对应的随访时间；响应于用户对所述新的随访任务的保存操作，将所述新的随访任务添加到所述随访任务列表中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示新建随访索引项；响应于用户对所述新建随访索引项的操作，显示患者搜索框；响应于对输入所述患者搜索框中的信息的查询操作，确定目标患者，并显示目标患者的就诊信息；响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的新的随访任务；所述新的随访任务包括与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内 容和与所述随访内容对应的随访时间；响应于用户对所述新的随访任务的保存操作，将所述目标患者的就诊信息以及所述新的随访任务添加到所述随访任务列表中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示注册建卡索引项；响应于用户对所述注册建卡索引项的操作，显示基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框；所述基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的基本信息，所述确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息；响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的部分信息作为就诊信息添加到所述患者列表中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示登录信息框；
响应于对输入所述登录信息框中的登录信息的登录操作，显示所述用户在工作日当天的工作内容及数量。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签包括疾病评估页签；所述响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述疾病评估页签的操作，显示疾病评估信息文本框；响应于对输入所述疾病评估信息文本框中的信息的保存操作，显示与所述疾病评估信息对应的疾病评估报告。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签包括智能问答页签；所述响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述智能问答页签的操作，显示问题搜索框；响应于对输入所述问题搜索框中的问题的查询操作，显示与所述问题相关联的至少一个解答方案。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签还包括咨询页签；所述响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述咨询页签的操作，显示咨询列表，所述咨询列表包括至少一行来自服务器的咨询信息，每行咨询信息包括患者的就诊信息、问题概要、咨询类型以及第四详情索引项；响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项的操作，至少显示与该行咨询信息对应的咨询问题。
在一些实施例中，每行咨询信息还包括答复状态，所述答复状态包括已答或未答中的一者；在一行咨询信息中的所述答复状态为未答的情况下，所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项的操作，还显示与该行咨询信息中的咨询类型匹配的答复文本框；响应于用户对所述答复文本框的操 作，呈现与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果；响应于用户对所述解答结果的保存操作，该行咨询信息中的答复状态由未答变更为已答。
在一些实施例中，所述咨询类型包括报告解读；所述答复文本框包括异常问题汇总文本框和健康建议文本框；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项的操作，还显示至少一份检查报告；其中，所述响应于用户对所述答复文本框的操作，呈现与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果，包括：响应于用户对所述异常问题汇总文本框的操作，呈现与所述至少一份检查报告对应的异常问题及对所述异常问题的解读文本；响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案；所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示异常问题模板页签；其中，响应于用户对所述异常问题汇总文本框的操作，呈现与所述至少一份检查报告对应的异常问题及对所述异常问题的解读文本，包括：响应于用户对所述异常问题模板页签的操作，显示第三分类列表，所述第三分类列表包括至少一个问题种类；响应于用户对所述第三分类列表中的与所述异常问题对应的问题种类的操作，显示与该问题种类对应的异常问题及与所述异常问题对应的至少一个解读文本模板；响应于用户对一个解读文本模板的操作，将所述解读文本模板中的内容以及所述异常问题呈现于所述异常问题汇总文本框中。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示健康建议模板页签；其中，响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案，包括：响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示词条子页签；响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，显示第一分类列表，所述第一分类列表包括多个一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的至少一个病种；所述多个一级项目包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目；响应于用户对所述第一分类列表中的一个一级项目下与所述异常问题对应的病种的操作，显示与该一级项目下的所述病种对应的至少一个词条文本模板；响应于用户对一个词条文本模板的操作，将所述词条文本模板的内容呈现于所述健康建议文本框中。和/或，响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案，包括：响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示健康处方模板子页签；响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，显示第二分类列表，所述第二分类列表包括至少一个病种；响应于用户对所述第二分类列表中的与所述异常问题对应的病种的操作，显 示与该病种对应的至少一个医疗方案模板；响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板的操作，将所述医疗方案模板中的至少部分内容呈现于所述健康建议文本框中。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个导航页签包括统计页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：响应于用户对所述统计页签的操作，显示统计信息；所述统计信息为对所述患者及所述患者的疾病的管理信息进行分类统计的信息。
在一些实施例中，所述医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：显示知识库管理页签；响应于用户对所述知识库管理页签的操作，显示异常问题模板页签和健康建议模板页签；响应于用户对所述异常问题模板页签的操作，显示问题节点设置项及解读文本模板设置项；所述问题节点设置项被配置为指示设置问题种类。所述解读文本模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的解读文本模板，指示编辑所述解读文本模板，和/或，指示删除所述解读文本模板。响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示词条子页签；响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，显示第一节点设置项及词条文本模板设置项；所述第一节点设置项被配置为指示设置健康建议的项目类型以及与每个项目类型匹配的病种；所述健康建议的项目类型包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目；所述词条文本模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的词条文本模板，指示编辑所述词条文本模板，和/或，指示删除所述词条文本模板；和/或，响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示健康处方模板子页签；响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，显示第二节点设置项及健康处方模板设置项；所述第二节点设置项被配置为指示设置病种；所述健康处方模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的医疗方案模板，指示编辑所述医疗方案模板，和/或，指示删除所述医疗方案模板。
另一方面，提供一种医疗信息的获取方法，包括：显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，并显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
在一些实施例中，所述用户的角色为医护人员，所述至少一个功能页签包括工作日程页签；所述方法，还包括：响应于用户对所述工作日程页签的操作，显示所述用户的至少一个工作项目索引项，所述工作项目索引项包括问题咨询索引项、报告解读索引项和随访计划索引项中的至少一个；响应于用户对一个工作项目索引项的操作，获取并显示来自服务器的与所述用户的所述工作项目索引项对应的工作内容。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息的获取方法还包括：获取来自服务器的在目标工作日的、与所述用户的所述工作项目索引项对应的工作内容的数量，并将所述用户的所述工作项目索引项对应的工作内容的数量显示在所述工作项目索引项上。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息的获取方法还包括：显示工作日选项；响应于用户对所述工作日选项的操作，确定所述目标工作日。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个功能页签还包括统计查询页签；所述方法，还包括：响应于用户对所述统计查询页签的操作，至少获取并显示来自服务器的多个患者的随访情况统计信息，所述多个患者的随访情况统计信息为对患者进行至少一次随访后患者的健康状况进行统计的信息。
在一些实施例中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括疾病评估页签；所述方法，还包括：响应于用户对所述疾病评估页签的操作，显示至少一个疾病评估问题；响应于用户对每个疾病评估问题的解答，获取并显示来自服务器的对所述用户的疾病评估结果。
在一些实施例中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括智能问答页签；所述方法，还包括：响应于用户对所述智能问答页签的操作，显示问题搜索框；响应于用户对输入所述问题搜索框中的问题的查询操作，获取并显示来自服务器的与所述问题相关联的至少一个解答方案。
在一些实施例中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括咨询页签；所述方法还包括：响应于用户对所述咨询页签的操作，显示基本信息文本框和病情描述文本框；响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器；获取并显示来自服务器的与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果。
在一些实施例中，所述方法还包括：显示添加附件项；响应于用户对所述添加附件项的操作，添加至少一个附件；其中，响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的 提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器，包括：响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息、输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题以及所述至少一个附件的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息、所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题以及所述至少一个附件传输至服务器。
在一些实施例中，所述方法还包括：显示医生选择器；响应于用户对所述医生选择器的操作，确定被咨询的医生；其中，响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器，包括：响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题、以及与所述咨询问题对应的所述被咨询的医生传输至服务器。
在一些实施例中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括健康数据统计页签；所述方法，还包括：响应于用户对所述健康数据统计页签的操作，获取并显示来自服务器的所述患者的疾病的管理信息的分类统计结果。
在一些实施例中，所述多个角色选择项还包括管理人员，所述至少一个功能页签包括统计查询页签；所述方法，还包括：响应于用户对所述统计查询页签的操作，显示查询项；所述查询项被配置为指示查询分类统计结果，所述分类统计结果根据存储于服务器中的与患者、医生有关的数据分类统计得到。
第三方面，提供一种医疗信息的交互方法，包括：医疗信息处理设备显示至少一个导航页签，响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；医疗信息处理设备将所述患者的疾病的管理信息传输至服务器；医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的所述患者的疾病的管理信息；医疗信息获取设备显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；并响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的 管理信息。
第四方面，提供一种医疗信息处理设备，包括：第一显示器；与所述第一显示器相耦接的第一处理器，第一处理器被配置为：控制所述第一显示器显示至少一个导航页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并控制所述第一显示器显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；所述目标导航页签为所述至少一个导航页签中的一个。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息处理设备还包括与所述第一处理器相耦接的第一输入装置，第一输入装置被配置为输入所述用户的第一操作。
第五方面，提供一种医疗信息获取设备，包括：第二显示器和与所述第二显示器相耦接的第二处理器，第二处理器被配置为：控制所述第二显示器显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，并控制所述第二显示器显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，控制所述第二显示器显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息获取设备还包括与所述第二处理器相耦接的第二输入装置，第二输入装置被配置为：输入用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，输入所述用户的登录信息。
第六方面，提供一种计算机设备，包括存储器、处理器；所述存储器上存储有可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现上述的医疗信息的处理方法，医疗信息的获取方法，和/或，医疗信息的交互方法。
第七方面，提供一种非暂态计算机可读存储介质，其存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序在处理器上运行时，使处理器执行上述任一实施例的医疗信息的处理方法中的一个或多个步骤，上述任一实施例的医疗信息的获取方法中的一个或多个步骤，和/或，上述任一实施例的医疗信息的交互方法中的一个或多个步骤。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本公开中的技术方案，下面将对本公开一些实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图 仅仅是本公开的一些实施例的附图，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。此外，以下描述中的附图可以视作示意图，并非对本公开实施例所涉及的产品的实际尺寸、方法的实际流程、信号的实际时序等的限制。
图1为根据一些实施例的一种医疗信息的处理方法的流程图；
图2为根据一些实施例的一种患者列表界面的示意图；
图3为根据一些实施例的一种创建健康处方界面的示意图；
图4为根据一些实施例的另一种创建健康处方界面的示意图；
图5为根据一些实施例的又一种创建健康处方界面的示意图；
图6为根据一些实施例的一种创建随访界面的示意图；
图7为根据一些实施例的另一种创建随访界面的示意图；
图8为根据一些实施例的一种创建病历卡界面的示意图；
图9为根据一些实施例的一种健康处方管理界面的示意图；
图10为根据一些实施例的又一种创建健康处方界面的示意图；
图11为根据一些实施例的一种随访管理界面的示意图；
图12为根据一些实施例的一种随访任务执行界面的示意图；
图13为根据一些实施例的一种随访对比结果的示意图；
图14为根据一些实施例的另一种随访对比结果的示意图；
图15为根据一些实施例的又一种创建随访界面的示意图；
图16为根据一些实施例的一种首页界面的示意图；
图17为根据一些实施例的一种第一疾病评估界面的示意图；
图18为根据一些实施例的一种疾病评估报告的示意图；
图19为根据一些实施例的一种智能问答界面的示意图；
图20为根据一些实施例的一种咨询管理界面的示意图；
图21为根据一些实施例的一种图文咨询详情界面的示意图；
图22为根据一些实施例的一种报告解读界面的示意图；
图23为根据一些实施例的一种知识库管理界面的示意图；
图24为根据一些实施例的一种统计管理界面的示意图；
图25为根据一些实施例的另一种统计管理界面的示意图；
图26为根据一些实施例的又一种统计管理界面的示意图；
图27为根据一些实施例的又一种统计管理界面的示意图；
图28为根据一些实施例的又一种统计管理界面的示意图；
图29为根据一些实施例的一种医疗信息的获取方法的流程图；
图30为根据一些实施例的一种首页界面；
图31A为根据一些实施例的用户为医护人员的一种功能导航界面的示意图；
图31B为根据一些实施例的用户为患者的一种功能导航界面的示意图；
图32为根据一些实施例的一种日程界面的示意图；
图33为根据一些实施例的另一种日程界面的示意图；
图34为根据一些实施例的一种统计界面的示意图；
图35为根据一些实施例的一种第二疾病评估界面的示意图；
图36为根据一些实施例的一种评估结果界面的示意图；
图37为根据一些实施例的一种FAQ智能问答界面的示意图；
图38为根据一些实施例的一种咨询界面的示意图；
图39为根据一些实施例的一种问题详情界面的示意图；
图40为根据一些实施例的一种医疗信息的处理设备的结构示意图；
图41为根据一些实施例的一种医疗信息的获取设备的结构示意图；
图42A为根据一些实施例的待制作的随访记录表的一种示意图；
图42B为根据一些实施例的待制作的随访记录表的另一种示意图；
图42C为根据一些实施例的待制作的随访记录表的又一种示意图；
图43A为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的一种示意图；
图43B为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的另一种示意图；
图43C为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的又一种示意图；
图43D为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的又一种示意图；
图43E为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的又一种示意图；
图43F为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的又一种示意图；
图43G为根据一些实施例的量表制作工具界面的又一种示意图；
图44A为根据一些实施例的随访模板界面的一种示意图；
图44B为根据一些实施例的随访模板界面的又一种示意图；
图45为根据一些实施例的制作的随访记录表在手机上的预览效果图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本公开一些实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本公开一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本公开所提供的实施例，本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本公开保护的范围。
除非上下文另有要求，否则，在整个说明书和权利要求书中，术语 “包括(comprise)”及其其他形式例如第三人称单数形式“包括(comprises)”和现在分词形式“包括(comprising)”被解释为开放、包含的意思，即为“包含，但不限于”。在说明书的描述中，术语“一个实施例(one embodiment)”、“一些实施例(some embodiments)”、“示例性实施例(exemplary embodiments)”、“示例(example)”、“特定示例(specific example)”或“一些示例(some examples)”等旨在表明与该实施例或示例相关的特定特征、结构、材料或特性包括在本公开的至少一个实施例或示例中。上述术语的示意性表示不一定是指同一实施例或示例。此外，所述的特定特征、结构、材料或特点可以以任何适当方式包括在任何一个或多个实施例或示例中。
以下，术语“第一”、“第二”或“第三”等仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”或“第三”等的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本公开实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
在描述一些实施例时，可能使用了“耦接”及其衍伸的表达。例如，描述一些实施例时可能使用了术语“耦接”以表明两个或两个以上部件有直接物理接触或电接触。然而，术语“耦接”也可能指两个或两个以上部件彼此间并无直接接触，但仍彼此协作或相互作用。这里所公开的实施例并不必然限制于本文内容。
术语“适用于”或“被配置为”的使用意味着开放和包容性的语言，其不排除适用于或被配置为执行额外任务或步骤的设备。
另外，本文中“基于”的使用意味着开放和包容性，因为“基于”一个或多个所述条件或值的过程、步骤、计算或其他动作在实践中可以基于额外条件或超出所述的值。
本公开一些实施例提供一种医疗信息的处理方法，该方法的执行主体为第一电子设备。第一电子设备例如为手机、平板电脑、手持计算机、笔记本电脑以及个人计算机(personal computer，PC)等任何具有显示器和处理器的产品或者部件，本公开实施例对该第一电子设备的类型不做特殊限制。
以下以执行主体为PC为例，对该医疗信息的处理方法进行介绍。如图1所示，医疗信息的处理方法包括S1和S2。
S1，PC显示至少一个导航页签11。
S2，PC响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；所述目标导航页签为所述至少一个导航页签中的一个。
在一些示例中，参考图2-图12、图15-图19，PC显示导航条1，导航条1被配置为呈现至少一个导航页签11。当然，该至少一个导航页签11也可呈现于PC所显示的界面中的其他位置，本公开实施例对该至少一个导航页签11的显示位置不做限制。
示例的，至少一个导航页签11以一级页签的形式呈现，例如以图2所示的导航条1中的至少一个图标的形式呈现，其中，一个图标表示一个导航页签11。又示例的，至少一个导航页签11以二级页签或更下一级的子页签的形式呈现，例如，用户点击导航条1上呈现的一个图标，该图标展开后还呈现二级页签或更下一级的子页签，以表示该至少一个导航页签11。当然，该至少一个导航页签11的显示方式也可以是其他方式，本公开实施例对该至少一个导航页签11的显示方式不进行特殊限定。
示例的，在导航页签11为多个的情况下，多个导航页签11可以同时显示，例如，多个导航页签11同时呈现于如图2所示的导航条1中。又示例的，多个导航页签11不同时显示，例如，部分导航页签11先呈现于如图2所示的导航条1中，其余导航页签11在医疗信息的处理过程中再随着用户的需求依次显示。本公开实施例对多个导航页签11的显示顺序不进行特殊限定。
又示例的，在多个导航页签11不同时显示的情况下，多个导航页签11可以显示于同一个界面上，也可以显示于不同界面上。本公开实施例对多个导航页签11的显示位置不进行特殊限定。
上述S2中，PC响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，即，PC响应于用户在导航条1上的第一操作，该第一操作可以被理解为：点击至少一个导航页签11中的一个，则目标导航页签为被点击的导航页签11。根据确定的目标导航页签，显示与目标导航页签匹配的功能界面，功能界面被配置为呈现患者的疾病的管理信息。
需要说明的是，下文中出现的与目标导航页签匹配的每个功能界面中均可显示导航条1，方便用户通过导航条确定不同的目标导航页签，以显示不同的功能界面。此外，功能界面可以为同一个界面，也可以为不同的界面，本公开实施例对此不做特殊限定。为了方便理解，下文以 功能界面为不同的界面为例进行描述。
在本公开实施例的医疗信息的处理方法中，医疗信息指患者的与医学相关的医疗数据，包括患者的基本信息、确诊信息、评估信息、以及医护人员为该患者创建的处方信息、随访信息等。用户指医生、护士或其他医护人员。患者的疾病的管理信息包括下述的患者的病历卡信息、健康处方信息、随访任务信息，与患者的疾病匹配的疾病评估信息、问题、解答方案、咨询信息，以及对上述各信息进行统计分析后的统计信息。
基于此，本公开实施例提供的医疗信息的处理方法可有效解决纸质文档的存档问题，降低数据丢失的风险，同时大大提高了医护人员的工作效率，也提高了患者的就诊效率。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括患者管理页签；上述S2包括S2A。
S2A、PC响应于用户对患者管理页签的第一操作，至少显示患者列表，患者列表包括至少一个患者中每个患者的就诊信息和与每个患者对应的至少一个医疗操作索引项；至少一个医疗操作索引项包括对患者的疾病的治疗方法进行创建的索引项。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，PC响应于用户对患者管理页签的第一操作，显示患者列表界面100，患者列表界面100中呈现患者列表101，患者列表101包括多个患者的就诊信息和与每个患者对应的至少一个医疗操作索引项102。这里，第一操作可以被理解为：用户点击导航条1中的一个代表患者管理页签的图标。
在一些实施例中，参考图2，至少一个医疗操作索引项102包括创建健康处方索引项。这里，创建健康处方索引项被配置为指示用户为患者创建健康处方的索引项。基于此，在上述S2A之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S22和S26。
S22、PC响应于用户对目标患者对应的创建健康处方索引项的操作，显示健康处方文本框，健康处方文本框为空白框。
S26、PC响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案；所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
参考图3，上述S22中，PC响应于用户对目标患者对应的创建健康处方索引项的操作，显示创建健康处方界面200。创建健康处方界面200 包括空白的健康处方文本框201。这里，用户对目标患者对应的创建健康处方索引项的操作可以被理解为：用户点击患者列表101中与目标患者对应的创建健康处方索引项。
示例的，用户确定目标患者为图1所示的患者列表101中的病历号为CD10000103的患者，点击与该患者对应的创建健康处方索引项，该创建健康处方索引项被配置为指示用户为病历号为CD10000103的患者创建健康处方。
上述S26中，PC响应于用户的第二操作，在空白的健康处方文本框201中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案。这里，用户的第二操作可以被理解为：用户在空白的健康处方文本框201中填写医疗方案，或者，用户采用下文所述的引用词条文本模板、引用医疗方案模板或复用历史处方的方式(即下述的S261-S263、S264-S266或S267-S269)，在空白的健康处方文本框201中呈现与目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案。
当然，用户还可以采用其他方式在空白的健康处方文本框201中呈现与目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，例如，健康处方文本框201中的部分内容采用填写的方式，部分内容采用引用词条文本模板的方式。这里，填写可以是通过键盘或触摸屏幕等输入文字的方式填写，也可以是语音输入的方式等。本公开实施例对用户的第二操作不做特殊限定，只要能实现在空白的健康处方文本框201中呈现与目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案即可。
在一些示例中，在S22之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S23。
S23、PC显示词条子页签202。示例的，如图3所示，创建健康处方界面200中以文字的形式(例如，词条)呈现词条子页签202。
在此基础上，上述S26包括S261-S263。
S261、参考图3，PC响应于用户对词条子页签202的操作，呈现第一分类列表203，所述第一分类列表203包括多个一级项目204和包括在每个一级项目204下的至少一个病种；所述多个一级项目204包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目。
S262、参考图3，PC响应于用户对所述第一分类列表203中的一个一级项目204下与目标患者的疾病对应的病种的操作，呈现与该一级项目204下的病种对应的至少一个词条文本模板205。
S263、PC响应于用户对一个词条文本模板205的操作，将词条文本 模板205的内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中。
在一些示例中，如图3所示，PC响应于用户对词条子页签202的操作，例如点击文字“词条”，在创建健康处方界面200中呈现第一分类列表203。若目标患者的疾病为高血压，则PC响应于用户对高血压病种的操作，例如，点击第一分类列表203中的药物方案项目下的高血压病种，在创建健康处方界面200中呈现与高血压对应的多个词条文本模板205。PC响应于用户对一个词条文本模板205的操作，例如，点击与该词条文本模板205对应的引用按钮(如图3所示)，或将该词条文本模板205拖拽至健康处方文本框201中，使该词条文本模板205的内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中与药物方案对应的子文本框中。
在另一些示例中，对于医疗方案中的饮食方案、运动方案或其他方案等，可以采用与上述药物方案同样的方法进行创建。
这里，词条文本模板205的内容是预先存储的。这样，用户在创建健康处方时，可以直接引用预先存储的词条文本模板205的内容，提高了医生的工作效率。
基于此，在一些实施例中，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S60。
S60、PC显示第一节点设置项及词条文本模板设置项；词条文本模板设置项包括添加项、编辑项和删除项中的至少一个；添加项被配置为指示添加新的词条文本模板205；编辑项被配置为指示对至少一个词条文本模板205进行编辑；删除项被配置为指示删除至少一个词条文本模板。
在一些示例中，如图3所示，创建健康处方界面200中，在呈现词条文本模板205的情况下，还呈现添加项、编辑项和删除项。上述S6包括S601-S603。
S601、PC响应于用户对添加项的点击操作，在创建健康处方界面200中呈现词条文本输入框；PC响应于对词条文本输入框中添加的内容的保存操作，将该词条文本输入框中的内容添加为新的词条文本模板205。这里，对词条文本输入框中添加的内容的保存操作可以被理解为：用户在词条文本输入框中输入内容，再点击呈现于词条文本输入框上方的第一保存按钮212。
S602、PC响应于用户对编辑项的点击操作，使至少一个词条文本模板205中的一个变为编辑状态，例如，用户首先点击图3所示的药物方案中高血压所对应的第3个词条文本模板，再点击编辑项，则该第3个 词条文本模板由非编辑状态变更为编辑状态。PC响应于对编辑后的词条文本模板205的内容的保存操作，将编辑后的词条文本模板205的内容添加为新的词条文本模板205。这里，对编辑后的词条文本模板205的内容的保存操作可以被理解为：用户对呈编辑状态的第3个词条文本模板进行修改，修改完成后，再点击呈现于词条文本输入框上方的第一保存按钮212。
S603、PC响应于用户对删除项的点击操作，使至少一个词条文本模板205中的一个变为编辑状态，例如，用户首先点击图3所示的药物方案中高血压所对应的第3个词条文本模板，再点击删除项，则该第3个词条文本模板205由非编辑状态变更为编辑状态。PC响应于用户对一词条文本模板205的内容的删除以及保存操作，将该词条文本模板205删除。这里，对一词条文本模板205的内容的删除以及保存操作可以被理解为：用户将呈编辑状态的第3个词条文本模板中的内容删除，再点击呈现于词条文本输入框上方的第一保存按钮212。
上述S601-S603可以实现用户对词条文本模板205的添加、修改以及删除，以更新预先存储的词条文本模板205。
在另一些示例中，在S22之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S24。
S24、PC显示健康处方模板子页签。示例的，如图4所示，创建健康处方界面200中以文字(例如，我的模板)的形式呈现健康处方模板子页签206。
在此基础上，上述S26包括S264-S266。
S264、参考图4，PC响应于用户对健康处方模板子页签206的操作，呈现第二分类列表207，第二分类列表207包括多个病种。
S265、参考图4，PC响应于用户对第二分类列表207中的与目标患者的疾病对应的病种的操作，还呈现与该病种对应的至少一个医疗方案模板208。
S266、PC响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板208的操作，将医疗方案模板208中的至少部分内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中。
在一些示例中，如图4所示，PC响应于用户对健康处方模板子页签206的操作，例如点击文字“我的模板”，在创建健康处方界面200中呈现第二分类列表207，第二分类列表207包括多个一级病种，例如高血压、糖尿病、高血脂、骨关节炎、冠心病等疾病；其中，一级病种高血压还包括二级病种高血压1级、高血压2级、高血压3级。目标患者 的疾病为高血压1级，则PC响应于用户对高血压1级病种的操作，例如，点击第二分类列表207中的高血压，再点击高血压对应的二级菜单中的高血压1级，在第二分类列表207的一侧还呈现与高血压1级对应的一个医疗方案模板208。
如图4所示，该医疗方案模板208包括药物方案、饮食方案、运动方案或其他。当然，医疗方案模板也不仅限于此，图4仅为一种示例，本公开实施例对此不做具体限制。
示例的，创建健康处方界面200还呈现与该医疗方案模板208对应的全部引用按钮。PC响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板208的操作，例如，用户点击与该医疗方案模板208对应的全部引用按钮，将该医疗方案模板208的全部内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中。
又示例的，创建健康处方界面200还呈现与药物方案、饮食方案、运动方案和其他对应的引用按钮。上述S703中，PC响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板208的操作，例如，用户点击与该医疗方案模板208中的饮食方案对应的引用按钮，将该饮食方案的内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中与饮食方案对应的子文本框中。当然，用户也可以采用同样的方法将药物方案、运动方案或其他中的内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中对应的子文本框中。
这里，与上述的词条文本模板205类似，医疗方案模板208也是预先存储的。这样，用户在创建健康处方时，可以直接引用预先存储的医疗方案模板208的内容，提高了医生的工作效率。
基于此，在一些实施例中，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S8。
S8、PC显示健康处方模板设置项，健康处方模板设置项被配置为指示对至少一个医疗方案模板208进行编辑，并将编辑后的医疗方案模板208的内容添加为新的医疗方案模板208，或者，将编辑前的医疗方案模板208的内容更新为编辑后的医疗方案模板208的内容。
在一些示例中，如图4所示，在创建健康处方界面200呈现医疗方案模板208的情况下，该创建健康处方界面200还呈现编辑项。上述S8包括S801。
S801、PC响应于用户对编辑项的点击操作，使至少一个医疗方案模板中的一个变为编辑状态；例如，用户首先点击图4所示的与高血压1级对应的医疗方案模板208，再点击编辑项，则该医疗方案模板208由非编辑状态变更为编辑状态。PC响应于对编辑后的医疗方案模板208的 内容的保存操作，将编辑后的所述医疗方案模板208的内容添加为新的医疗方案模板208。这里，对编辑后的医疗方案模板208的内容的保存操作可以被理解为：用户对呈编辑状态的医疗方案模板208进行修改，修改完成后，点击呈现于医疗方案模板208上方的第一保存按钮212。
上述S801可以实现用户对医疗方案模板208的修改，以更新预先存储的医疗方案模板208。
在又一些示例中，在S22之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S25。
S25、PC显示历史处方子页签。示例的，如图5所示，创建健康处方界面200中以文字的形式(例如，历史处方)呈现历史处方子页签209。
在此基础上，上述S26包括S267-S269。
S267、参考图5，PC响应于用户对历史处方子页签209的操作，例如点击文字“历史处方”，在呈现与目标患者的疾病相关联的历史处方列表210，历史处方列表210中包括3个历史处方的信息，比如，该信息包括开方日期和开方医生。
S268、参考图5，PC响应于用户对历史处方列表210的操作，例如，点击历史处方列表210中的第3个历史处方的信息，则在创建健康处方界面200中呈现该第3个历史处方的内容。
S269、PC响应于用户对该历史处方的操作，例如，点击与该历史处方对应的复用按钮，将该历史处方的内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中。
这里，与目标患者的疾病相关联的历史处方列表210中的历史处方的内容为该目标患者在本次就诊日期之前，医生针对其健康状况而创建的医疗方案。这样，医生可以根据目标患者的健康状况，复用其中一个历史处方，提高了医生的工作效率。
在一些实施例中，在创建健康处方界面200呈现健康处方文本框201的情况下，该创建健康处方界面200还呈现健康处方保存项211，例如图3-图5中位于健康处方文本框201一侧的第二保存按钮。在S26之后，所述方法还包括S27。
S27、PC响应于用户对健康处方文本框201中的内容的保存操作，例如，用户点击健康处方保存项211，将该用户的姓名以及点击的时间作为一个新的历史处方的信息添加到上述目标患者的历史处方列表210中，并将上述健康处方文本框201中呈现的内容与该新的历史处方的信息关联。
在一些实施例中，如图3-图5所示，在创建健康处方界面200呈现 健康处方文本框201的情况下，该创建健康处方界面200还呈现存为模板项213，这里，该存为模板项213被配置为指示添加新的医疗方案模板。
在一些实施例中，在将词条文本模板205、医疗方案模板208或历史处方中的部分或全部内容呈现于健康处方文本框201中时，医护人员还可以根据目标患者的实际健康状况，修改呈现于健康处方文本框201中的该内容，以使医疗方案更适合目标患者。基于此，上述S8还包括S802。
S802、PC响应于用户对呈现于健康处方文本框201中内容的修改，以及对修改后的内容的保存操作，将修改后的内容保存为新的医疗方案模板208。这里，对修改后的内容的保存操作可以被理解为：用户修改完成后，点击存为模板项213。
在另一些示例中，在用户在空白的健康处方文本框201中填写医疗方案的情况下，上述S8还包括S803。
S803、PC响应于用户在空白的健康处方文本框201中的填写操作，以及对填写后的内容的保存操作，将填写的内容存为新的医疗方案模板208。这里，对填写后的内容的保存操作可以被理解为：用户在空白的健康处方文本框201中填写完成后，点击存为模板项213。
需要说明的是，上述的词条子页签202、健康处方模板子页签206以及历史处方子页签209也可以不同的形式呈现在其他界面上，例如，以图标的形式呈现于导航条1中。
还需要说明的是，词条子页签202、健康处方模板子页签206以及历史处方子页签209可以同时显示(如图3-图5所示)，也可以不同时显示。本公开实施例对此不做限制。
在一些实施例中，创建健康处方界面200中还呈现目标患者的就诊信息，例如，目标患者的确诊疾病病种、姓名、年龄、性别等，方便医生在创建健康处方时查看目标患者的基本信息以及目标患者的疾病病种，并根据目标患者的年龄和性别等信息创建更适合该目标患者的健康处方。例如，高血压、高血脂、高血糖等慢性病的症状以及治疗方式与患者的年龄、性别等息息相关，因为不同年龄、不同性别的患者，其饮食方式、生活习惯等均具有较大的区别，而饮食方式和生活习惯等因素对于上述疾病的治疗至关重要。
在一些实施例中，参考图2，至少一个医疗操作索引项102包括创 建随访索引项。这里，创建随访索引项被配置为指示用户为患者创建随访任务的索引项。在上述S2A之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S31和S36。
S31、如图6和图7所示，PC响应于用户对目标患者对应的创建随访索引项的操作，显示创建随访界面300。这里，用户对目标患者对应的创建随访索引项的操作可以被理解为：用户点击患者管理界面100的患者列表101中与目标患者对应的创建健康处方索引项。
S36、PC响应于用户的第三操作，确定与该病种匹配的随访任务；每个随访任务包括与目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与随访内容对应的随访时间。
这里，用户的第三操作可以被理解为：用户在下文所述的创建随访界面300中的随访任务模板区303中选择预设的随访任务模板311(即下述的S361)，或者在创建随访界面300中的自定义区310中自定义创建随访任务(即下述的S362或S363)。
在一些示例中，在S31之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S33。
S33、显示至少一个随访任务模板。
在一些示例中，如图7所示，创建随访界面300中包括随访任务模板区303，随访任务模板区303中呈现多个随访任务模板311，每个随访任务模板311包括一个随访时间和与一个病种匹配的一个随访内容。这里，多个随访任务模板311为与多个病种匹配的多个随访任务311。
示例的，每个随访任务模板311中的随访内容为预设的与一个病种匹配的随访记录表，该随访记录表可使医护人员在对患者进行随访时，通过随访记录表中的内容了解患者健康状态。图7中所显示的每个随访任务模板311中的随访内容仅为该随访记录表的名称。当然，随访内容也可以是其他的内容，只要该内容能实现医护人员在对患者进行随访时可了解患者健康状态的目的即可，本公开实施例对此不做限定。
示例的，每个随访任务模板311中显示的随访时间可以被理解为：PC根据预设的随访任务模板311中的预设时间间隔以及创建随访任务当天的日期，确定的随访内容被执行的日期。例如，预设的一个随访任务模板311中的预设时间间隔为7天，创建随访任务当天的日期为2019年11月19日，则创建随访界面300中的该随访任务模板所显示的随访时间为2019年11月26日。
在此基础上，上述S36包括S361。
S361、PC响应于用户对一个随访任务模板311的操作，将该随访任务模板311确定为与该病种匹配的随访任务。
示例的，如图7所示，PC响应于用户对一个随访任务模板311的操作，可以被理解为：选中该随访任务模板311一侧的选项框309，再点击创建随访界面300右下角处呈现的添加按钮308。这样，PC响应于该操作，将该随访任务模板311确定为该目标患者创建的随访任务。
当然，用户也可以同时选中多个随访任务模板311一侧的选项框309，再点击添加按钮308。这样，PC响应于该操作，将该多个随访任务模板311确定为该目标患者创建的多个随访任务。
在一些示例中，上述预设的随访记录表可通过编辑器的可视化操作快速创建，例如：通过栅格进行表单布局，可以嵌套使用，支持Flex，基本可覆盖复杂的表单布局场景。提供自定义区域和自定义样式扩展，可以简单方便的自定义自己的随访记录表。
示例的，具体实现方式为：进入设计器页面，通过点击或拖拽组件字段区域的封装好的字段控件，布局到编辑区域。在编辑区域内可以任意拖拽改变控件位置，结合自身业务特性量身添加删除控件并可通过复制自由复用。在配置区域中自主设置字段属性及表单属性。配置“字段标识”来绑定数据。通过基础的1/24分栏进行表单布局，可以嵌套使用，支持Flex。如果表单样式不足，可以通过“自定义Class”配置来修改样式。
由于随访记录表的重要性及多样性，传统的随访记录表没有标准开发界面、结构松散；大量代码编写，复杂业务逻辑费时费力；表单功能僵硬，无法适配更多业务场景；维护升级难度大；表单操作单一，不能和流程等实现交互；业务变更快速，表单更新迟迟不能到位；手工编写代码，不能灵活使用。本公开实施例通过编辑器的可视化的操作，能够快速完成随访记录表页面的创建。通过栅格进行表单布局，可以嵌套使用，支持Flex，基本可覆盖复杂的表单布局场景。提供自定义区域和自定义样式扩展，可以简单方便的自定义随访记录表。
又示例的，添加表单元素可通过拖拽及点击实现，字段属性添加自定义标签宽度、是否隐藏标签、自定义class及操作属性，操作属性包含数据绑定、隐藏、使用箭头进行时间选择、显示密码、显示分数。字段包括上传文件、子表单、标签页等；工具栏包括撤销、重做等；生成表单包括上传logo功能；预览包括打印功能。
在另一些示例中，在S31之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S34。
S34、显示至少一个预设时间选项和与每个预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器。
在一些示例中，如图7所示，创建随访界面300中包括自定义区310，自定义区310中呈现多个预设时间选项306和与每个预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器304。
示例的，预设时间选项306为自创建随访任务当天起的时间间隔，例如，一天之后、一个月之后、两个月之后等。此外，在该时间间隔之后还显示有与该时间间隔对应的随访时间，方便医护人员确定具体的随访日期。该随访时间与上述S33中显示的每个随访任务模板中的随访时间的意义相同，均可以被理解为：PC根据预设的随访任务模板311中的预设时间间隔以及创建随访任务当天的日期，确定的随访内容被执行的日期。
示例的，随访内容选择器304被配置为指示用户选择与目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容。该随访内容与上述S33中显示的每个随访任务模板中的随访内容的意义相同，均可以被理解为预设的与一个病种匹配的随访记录表。
在此基础上，上述S36包括S362。
S362、PC响应于用户对一个预设时间选项306的选择、以及与该预设时间选项306对应的随访内容选择器304的选择，将选择的所述随访内容选择器304中的随访内容以及所述预设时间选项306中的随访时间确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
示例的，如图7所示，PC响应于用户对一个预设时间选项306的选择、以及与该预设时间选项306对应的随访内容选择器304的选择，可以被理解为：选中一个预设时间选项306一侧的选项框309，点击与该预设时间选项306对应的随访内容选择器304中的展开项3011，并在随访内容选择器304下侧显示的随访内容列表中选择一个与目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容，再点击添加按钮308。这样，PC响应于该操作，将选中的与预设时间选项306对应的随访时间和所选择的随访内容确定为该目标患者创建的随访任务。
当然，用户也可以同时选中多个预设时间选项306一侧的选项框309，并在与每个预设时间选项306对应的随访内容选择器304中选择对应的随访内容，再点击添加按钮308。这样，PC响应于该操作，将选中 的与每个预设时间选项306对应的随访时间和对应的随访内容，确定为该目标患者创建的多个随访任务。
在又一些示例中，在S31之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S35。
S35、显示时间选择器以及与所述时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器。
如图7所示，在创建随访界面300中的自定义区310内，呈现时间选择器305以及与所述时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器304。这里，随访内容选择器304与上述S34中的随访内容选择器304相同，在此不再赘述。
示例的，时间选择器305被配置为指示用户选择任意日期。
在此基础上，上述S36包括S363。
S363、PC响应于用户对所述时间选择器305以及与所述时间选择器305对应的随访内容选择器304的选择，将选择的所述随访内容选择器304中的随访内容以及所述时间选择器305中的随访时间确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。示例的，PC响应于用户点击时间选择器305，显示日期表，用户可在日期表中选择任意日期，作为随访时间。
在又一些示例中，创建随访界面300中同时呈现多个随访任务模板311、多个预设时间选项和与每个预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器、以及时间选择器以及与时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器，用户根据患者的健康状态，可以通过上述S33中的随访任务模板311和S34中的预设时间选项306确定合适的随访时间。在随访任务模板311和预设时间选项306中均没有合适的随访时间的情况下，用户还可以通过上述S35中的时间选择器305确定合适的随访时间。当然，用户还可以通过其他形式确定随访时间，本公开实施例对此不做限制。
在另一些实施例中，上述S31中，如图6所示，PC响应于用户对目标患者对应的创建随访索引项的操作，显示创建随访界面300，并在创建随访界面300中呈现病种选择器301。在此基础上，在S31之后，S36之前，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S32。
S32、如图6所示，PC响应于用户对病种选择器301的操作，显示病种列表302，确定与目标患者的疾病对应的病种。这里，用户对病种选择器301的操作可以被理解为：点击病种选择器301中的展开项3011。确定与目标患者的疾病对应的病种可以被理解为：点击病种列表302中的一个与目标患者的疾病对应的病种，例如，目标患者的疾病为高血压， 程度为1级，则用户点击病种列表302中的高血压，显示与高血压对应的二级列表3021，并点击二级列表3021中的高血压1级。其中，病种列表302及二级列表3021为预设的多种病种。
在一些示例中，PC响应于确定的与目标患者的疾病对应的病种，上述S33中的多个随访任务模板311中仅显示与该病种匹配的随访任务模板311。
示例的，目标患者的疾病病种为高血压，PC响应于确定的与目标患者的疾病对应的病种为高血压1级，在随访任务模板区303中仅显示与高血压1级匹配的1个或多个随访任务模板311。
在另一些示例中，PC响应于确定的与目标患者的疾病对应的病种，上述S34和S35中的随访内容选择器中仅包括与该病种匹配的随访内容。
示例的，目标患者的疾病病种为高血压，PC响应于确定的与目标患者的疾病对应的病种为高血压1级，使随访内容选择器304下侧显示的随访内容列表中仅显示与该病种匹配的随访内容。
在一些实施例中，在S36之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S37和S38。
S37、如图6和图7所示，PC显示随访人员选择器307。这里，随访人员选择器307被配置为指示用户对每个随访任务关联执行该随访任务的医护人员，可避免该随访任务因执行人员指定不清楚而导致未执行的问题。
S38、PC响应于用户对随访人员选择器307的操作，对随访任务关联随访人员。例如，PC响应于用户点击随访人员选择器307中的展开项3011，显示随访人员列表；PC响应于用户点击随访人员列表中的一个，将该随访人员关联到随访任务中。示例的，用户通过上述S361、S362或S363确定一个随访任务，在用户点击添加按钮308之前，先点击随访人员选择器307，确定一个随访人员，再点击添加按钮308，这样，实现了将该随访人员关联到该随访任务中。
在一些实施例中，与创建健康处方界面200类似，创建随访界面300中也呈现目标患者的就诊信息，例如，目标患者的确诊疾病病种、姓名、年龄、性别等。方便医生在创建随访任务时查看目标患者的基本信息以及目标患者的疾病病种，并根据目标患者的年龄和性别等信息创建更适合该目标患者的随访任务。
在一些实施例中，上述的随访内容为预设的随访记录表。基于此， 医疗信息的处理方法还包括S1-1至S1-1
S1-1、如图43A-图43E所示，响应于打开量表制作工具界面的操作，显示量表制作工具界面B200。上述打开量表制作工具界面B200的操作例如为选中左侧主菜单栏B9中对应量表制作工具界面B200的一个图标B91。
S1-2、响应于制作随访记录表的操作，在量表制作工具界面B200制作随访记录表B100，并将制作完成的随访记录表B100保存。随访记录表B100例如为图42A-42C所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表。
以下对S1-2的制作随访记录表的步骤做重点介绍。
请参见图43A-图43E所示，量表制作工具界面B200包括字段展示区B3和编辑区B4；字段展示区B3包括多个字段B31，编辑区B4被配置为制作随访记录表B100。其中，待制作的随访记录表B100包括多个目标元素，每个目标元素由一个字段生成。
需要说明的是，随访记录表B100包括多个“元素”，“元素”是指，随访记录表B100的基本组成部分，其实质为随访记录表B100中的各种信息或者数据的载体，通过元素能够对随访对象(患者)的信息进行采集。“目标元素”是指，待制作的随访记录表B100中待生成的“元素”，即待生成的信息或者数据的载体。字段展示区B3所包括“字段”是指用于生成“目标元素”的基础组件，可以理解成是“目标元素”的未经编辑的初始状态。
例如，图42A所示的随访记录表B100包括表头B1和多个元素B2，表头B1为随访记录表B100的标题，在随访记录表B100中包括“随访日期”元素、“随访方式”元素、“症状”元素、“体质指数”元素等，这些元素为随访记录表B100的基本组成部分，例如“体质指数”元素为随访对象的体质指数数据的载体。每个元素具有设置好的属性，属性代表元素的性质或特征，属性被配置为定义目标元素的名称、填写设置、数据源等特征。若待制作的随访记录表为图1A所示的随访记录表B100，则目标元素为待制作的随访记录表B100中待生成的元素，即待生成的“随访日期”元素、“随访方式”元素、“症状”元素、“体质指数”元素等。
例如，如图43A和图43B所示，字段B31包括基础字段B31a，或者字段B31包括基础字段B31a和常用字段B31b，在后文中会对基础字段B31a和常用字段B31b做介绍。
图42A中的随访记录表B100也可以理解为利用S1-2的制作随访记录表B100的方法制作好的随访记录表，随访记录表包括多个元素B2，图42A所示的随访记录表B100中每个元素B2包括编辑框，编辑框中的内容为空，表 示该元素处于未被填写内容的状态，即元素的内容为空。例如，“随访日期”元素的编辑框中未被填写具体的日期，“随访方式”元素的编辑框中未被填写具体的方式，在“症状”元素的编辑框中，多个症状均未被勾选，“体质指数”元素的的编辑框中为空，也就是说，随访记录表B100创建完成后，各元素B2的内容为待填写状态，用户需要在随访记录表B100的各元素B2的的编辑框中进行填写，从而实现医疗信息的采集。
参见图42B，图42B示意出了制作好的随访记录表中各元素B2的编辑框填写完毕，即数据采集完毕的状态，例如“随访方式”元素的编辑框中填写有门诊，“症状”元素的编辑框中勾选了“头痛头晕”和“恶心呕吐”选项，“体质指数”元素的编辑框中填写有28.9。示例性地，图42B所示的随访记录表B100可以认为是医生对高血压患者进行随访服务，即执行随访任务后，根据随访结果填写的各项元素的内容的随访记录表B100。
在本公开中，称制作随访记录表B100的用户为第一用户，称填写随访记录表B100的各元素2的内容的用户为第二用户，即执行随访任务的用户为第二用户，以随访记录表B100为高血压患者随访服务记录表为例，第一用户例如可以为医生、护士、运营管理人员等，第二用户例如可以为医生、护士或者患者。示例性地，第一用户与第二用户可以为同一人，也可以不是同一人。
在S1-1中，首先显示量表制作工具界面B200，第一用户在量表制作工具界面B200中创建表单。在量表制作工具界面B200中，多个字段B31被配置为生成目标元素，编辑区B4被配置为创建随访记录表，在开始创建新的随访记录表时，示例的，编辑区B4内容为空。
S1-21、如图43B和图43C所示，接收在量表制作工具界面B200输入的字段选取操作，字段选取操作被配置为选取所述多个字段B31中的一个字段B31。
需要说明的是，本公开中涉及的“操作”均指用户进行的操作，示例性地，“操作”可以是使用鼠标单击、双击、拖动等操作，还可以是触摸屏幕、手势、语音等形式。
例如，在S1-21中，字段选取操作为通过鼠标双击的方式选取多个字段B31中的一个字段B31，并通过鼠标单击编辑区B4中的目标位置，以使字段B31显示在编辑区B4的目标位置处。或者，字段选取操作为选中多个字段B31中的一个字段B31，并将该字段B31拖拽至编辑区B4中的目标位置处。所选取的字段B31例如为单行文本框。
S1-22、如图43B和图43C所示，响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显 示所选取的字段B31。
示例性地，响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4的目标位置处显示所选取的字段B31。例如在编辑区B4的目标位置处显示下拉选择框。
需要说明的是，由于待制作的随访记录表B100中的每个目标元素B2由一个字段B31生成。因此，在编辑区B4显示所选取的字段B31之后，还需对该字段B31进行如本公开后面内容介绍的操作(例如S1-23’～S1-25)，将该字段生成对应的目标元素。例如，如图43B和43D所示，在编辑区B4的右上角的目标位置处，下拉选择框所生成的目标元素为“随访方式”元素。
S1-260、重复接收和响应字段选取操作，直至随访记录表B100所需要的多个目标元素对应的字段B31均被显示在编辑区B4，生成随访记录表B100。
示例性的，上述S1-260包括S1-26和S1-27。
S1-26、判断随访记录表B100所需要的多个目标元素对应的字段B31是否均被显示在编辑区B4。若否，则返回S1-21，继续进行S1-21和S1-22的操作；若是，则执行S1-27。
S1-27、生成随访记录表。
示例性地，待创建的随访记录表中，所包括的目标元素包括“随访日期”元素、“随访方式”元素、“症状”元素等20个目标元素，通过重复S1-21和S1-22的操作，在字段展示区B3依次选取20个字段B31，并在编辑区B4依次显示字段B31，以生成对应的目标元素B2，最终生成所需要的随访记录表B100。
这样，用户能够根据自身的需求完成表单的设计和制作，能够通过相应的操作自定义表单的内容，灵活性较高，提高了表单制作的效率，降低了软件运营维护的成本。
在一些实施例中，如图43A～图43D所示，所述多个字段B31包括至少一个基础字段B31a，基础字段B31a包括至少一个待编辑的属性。
其中，“基础字段”为未被编辑属性的用来生成目标元素的基础组件，基础字段例如为软件工程师预先设置好的基础组件，在对基础字段B31a的属性进行编辑并保存后，基础字段B31a生成目标元素。“属性”代表元素的性质或特征，属性被配置为定义元素或字段的名称、填写设置、数据源等特征，“待编辑的属性”是指基础字段中需要进行编辑的项目。
示例性地，如图43B和图43C所示，在量表制作工具界面B200的字段展示区B3包括多个基础字段B31a，例如多个基础字段B31a为单行 文本框、多行文本框、多选框组、单选框组、下拉选择框、多级下拉框、时间选择器、日期选择器、颜色选择器等。每个基础字段B31a包括至少一个待编辑的属性，不同的基础字段B31a包括不同的属性。例如，单行文本框的属性包括标题属性、描述属性、默认提示文字属性、填写设置属性(是否必填项、是否有字数限制、是否有正则校验等)、数据源属性等。日期时间的属性包括标题属性、描述属性、数据类型属性(日期、时间、日期+时间)、默认显示的标题时间属性、填写设置属性(填写设置属性包括是否必填项、是否限定日期可选范围、是否限定时间可选范围、是否可输入等)、数据源属性等。通过在编辑区显示对应每个基础字段B31a的属性菜单B5，通过对属性菜单B5中的属性编辑框B51进行内容填写，以编辑基础字段的属性。在未对基础字段B31a的属性进行编辑之前，基础字段B31a的属性菜单B5中的属性编辑框的内容为空白。
在字段选取操作所选取的字段B31为基础字段B31a的情况下，上述S1-21为S1-21’。
S1-21’：接收在量表制作工具界面B200输入的字段选取操作，字段选取操作被配置为选取所述多个字段B31中的一个基础字段B31a。上述S1-22为S1-22’。
基于此，上述S1-22为S1-22’。
S1-22’、响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示所选取的基础字段B31。例如，如图43C所示，所选取的基础字段B31a为单行文本框，在编辑区B4显示所选取的单行文本框。
在上述情况下，在S1-22’之后，还包括：S1-23’～S1-25。
S1-23’、响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示基础字段B31a的属性菜单B5。属性菜单B5包括至少一个属性编辑框B51。
示例性地，如图43C所示，响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示单行文本框的属性菜单B5。字段选取操作例如为双击显示在编辑区B4的单行文本框的方式。也就是说，字段选取操作包括通过鼠标选中单行文本框，并将单行文本框拖动至编辑区B4的目标位置的操作，还包括双击显示在编辑区B4的单行文本框的操作。或者，单行文本框被拖动至编辑区B4的目标位置处后，自动显示该单行文本框的属性菜单B5，无需进行双击操作。
其中，在属性菜单B5中包括至少一个属性编辑框B51，例如单行文本框的至少一个属性包括标题属性、描述属性、默认提示文字属性、填 写设置属性(是否必填项、是否有字数限制、是否有正则校验等)、数据源属性等，则属性菜单B5中包括标题属性编辑框B51、描述属性编辑框B51、默认提示文字属性编辑框B51、填写设置属性编辑框B51等，此时属性菜单B5中所显示出的多个属性编辑框B51的内容均为空，处于待编辑状态。
S1-24、接收在至少一个属性编辑框B51输入的输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，基础字段属性编辑操作被配置为在每个属性编辑框B51编辑所述基础字段的属性。
示例性地，基础字段属性编辑操作可以是第一用户使用鼠标单击选中一个属性编辑框B51，并使用键盘在属性编辑框B51输入相应内容等操作。
在所选择的基础字段B31a为下拉选择框的情况下，如图43B所示，例如在下拉选择框的属性菜单B5中的标题属性编辑框B51中填写“随访方式”，则该下拉选择框将要生成的目标元素为“随访方式”元素。在默认提示文字属性编辑框B51中填写“请选择”，在选项内容属性编辑框B51中填写填写“门诊、电话、网络、短信、其他”；描述属性用于指定对该基础字段B31a进行一些附加说明，一般用来指导第二用户填写随访记录表B100，也可以不填写附加说明，例如此处在描述属性编辑框B51中不填写内容。填写设置属性包括是否必填项、是否有字数限制、是否有正则校验等，可以勾选相应的内容，例如勾选了必填项对应的勾选框，就表明在生成的表单中，该目标元素是需要第二用户必须填写内容的一个元素。“数据源属性”是指，所生成的元素与数据源链接的一种属性，该属性使得在填写元素内容时可以自动生成元素的内容；其中，数据源是指数学公式、映射关系、后台数据库等。此处例如不绑定数据源，即不设置数据源属性的内容。
在所选择的基础字段B31a为单行文本框的情况下，如图43C所示，例如在单行文本框的属性菜单B5中的标题属性编辑框B51中填写“体质指数”，则该单行文本框将要生成的目标元素为“体质指数”元素。在默认提示文字属性编辑框B51中填写“请输入体质指数”；在描述属性编辑框B51中不填写内容；填写设置属性包括是否必填项、是否有字数限制、是否有正则校验等，勾选必填项对应的勾选框。数据源属性表示该常用字段B31b所生成的目标元素所链接的一些相关信息，根据数据源属性可以直接得到该元素的内容，此处例如可以在数据源属性编辑框 B51中填写体质指数的计算公式，在第二用户填写随访记录表B100的内容时，若获知患者的身高和体重，则系统会将患者的体质指数根据所填写的身高、体重，以及绑定的体质指数的计算公式自动计算出来，并在随访随访记录表B100的“体质指数”元素的编辑框中显示。
S1-25、响应于基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个属性编辑框B51显示所编辑的属性，生成目标元素。
在第一用户通过基础字段属性编辑操作在基础字段B31a的每个属性编辑框B51编辑属性后，响应于基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个属性编辑框B51显示所编辑的属性，例如在图43C中，在单行文本框的属性菜单B5中的标题属性编辑框B51中显示“体质指数”文字，在默认提示文字属性编辑框B51中显示“请输入体质指数”文字。最终将属性的内容设置完成的基础字段B31a生成目标元素，如图43D所示，例如将上述下拉选择框生成“随访方式”元素，将上述单行文本框生成“体质指数”元素。
在一些实施例中，如图43B和图43C所示，属性菜单B5还包括保存按钮；基础字段属性编辑操作被配置为在每个属性编辑框B51编辑所述基础字段的属性之外，还被配置为选定所述保存按钮，从而将所编辑的属性进行保存，以生成目标元素。
在一些实施例中，如图43B和图43C所示，属性菜单B5还包括保存为常用字段按钮；基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S1-251和S1-252。
S1-251、接收在属性菜单输入的选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作。
示例性地，如图43B和图43C所示，在基础字段B31a的属性菜单B5中包括“保存”按钮和“保存为常用字段”按钮，选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作为第一用户进行的操作，例如在S1-25将基础字段B31a生成目标元素之后，单击“保存为常用字段”按钮，即可将所生成的目标元素作为常用字段B31b保存。
S1-252、响应于选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，将所生成的目标元素作为常用字段B31b显示在字段展示区B3。
如图43B和图43C所示，字段展示区B3包括多个基础字段B31a和多个常用字段B31b，常用字段B31b包括至少一个已编辑的属性，例如单行文本框的多个属性被设置完成后，生成“随访方式”元素，即基 础字段B31a生成了目标元素，响应于选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，将该目标元素作为常用字段B31b保存，并在字段展示区B3中显示“随访方式”常用字段。
在本公开中，基础字段B31a包括至少一个待编辑的属性，常用字段B31b包括至少一个已编辑的属性，目标元素B2包括至少一个已编辑的属性。上述属性例如为标题属性、描述属性、默认提示文字属性、填写设置属性数据源属性等。其中，“数据源”表示元素的内容的来源，或者元素所采集的数据的来源，例如对于“体质指数”元素，其“数据源”为根据随访对象的身高、体重、以及身高、体重和体质指数之间的对应关系得到。“数据源属性”是指，所生成的元素与数据源链接的一种属性，该属性使得在填写元素内容时可以自动生成元素的内容；其中，数据源是指数学公式、映射关系、后台数据库等。对于基础字段B31a所包括的数据源属性的设置方式有如下一些实施方式。
在一些实施例中，所述多个字段B31包括至少两个基础字段B31a，所述至少两个基础字段B31a包括第一基础字段B31a和第二基础字段B31a，第一基础字段B31a用于生成第一目标元素，第二基础字段B31a用于生成第二目标元素，第一目标元素与第二目标元素之间存在对应关系；第一基础字段的至少一个属性编辑框包括数据源属性编辑框。
示例性地，第一基础字段B31a为单行文本框，第二基础字段B31a为单行文本框，第二基础字段B31a的数量为两个，第一基础字段B31a所生成的第一目标元素例如为“体质指数”元素，其中一个第二基础字段B31a所生成的第二目标元素为“身高”元素，另一个第二基础字段B31a所生成的第二目标元素为“体重”元素，体质指数与身高、体重之间的对应关系为
Figure PCTCN2020131561-appb-000001
其中，BMI为体质指数(Body Mass Index)，W为体重，单位是kg，H为身高，单位是m，则“体质指数”元素、“身高”元素和“体重”元素之间存在上述对应关系。
或者，第一基础字段B31a为单行文本框，第二基础字段B31a为单行文本框，第一基础字段B31a所生成的第一目标元素例如为“年龄”元素，第二基础字段B31a所生成的第二目标元素为“出生日期”元素，年龄与出生日期的对应关系为：T＝T 1-T 2，其中，T为年龄，T 1为当前日期，T 2为出生日期。则“年龄”元素与“出生日期”元素存在上述对应关系。
又如，第一基础字段B31a为单行文本框，第二基础字段B31a为单行文本框，第一基础字段B31a所生成的第一目标元素例如为“预产期” 元素，第二基础字段B31a所生成的第二目标元素为“末次月经日期”元素，预产期与末次月经日期的对应关系为：预产期为末次月经日期的月份加9个月或者减3个月，且日期加7天。则“预产期”元素与“末次月经日期”元素存在上述对应关系。
在上述S1-24中，接收在至少一个属性编辑框B51输入的输入的第十一操作，第十一操作用于在每个属性编辑框B51编辑所述基础字段的属性，则第十一操作为在数据源属性编辑框B51中填写上述公式，例如第一基础字段B31a所生成的第一目标元素例如为“体质指数”元素的情况下，第十一操作为在数据源属性编辑框B51中填写表示上述对应关系的公式。
S1-25中，响应于选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，在每个属性编辑框B51显示所编辑的属性，包括S1-251。
S1-251、响应于选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，在第一基础字段的数据源属性编辑框B51内显示表征所述对应关系的数据源属性。
示例性地，如图43C所示，在单行文本框的菜单属性B5中，将数据源属性编辑框B51内输入对应的公式，以设置单行文本框的数据源属性的内容。
医疗信息的处理方法还包括S1-3。
S1-3、如图12所示，响应于打开执行随访任务的操作，显示随访任务执行界面700。随访任务执行界面700包括针对目标患者创建的随访任务所包括的随访记录表B100，所述随访记录表B100包括第一目标元素和第二目标元素，第一目标元素和第二目标元素均具有编辑框。这里，打开执行随访任务的操作与下述的用户对随访执行索引项的操作相同，均被配置为显示随访任务执行界面700。示例的，打开执行随访任务的操作为点击下述的随访任务列表601中的随访执行索引项。
示例性地，如图12所示，在随访记录表B100中，第一目标元素B2为“体质指数”元素，第二目标元素B2为“体重”元素，第一目标元素B2和第二目标元素均具有编辑框B21。
S1-3中响应于执行随访任务的操作，执行随访任务，包括S1-31～S1-32。
S1-31、接收用户在所述第二目标元素B2的编辑框中输入目标内容的操作。例如，在“身高”元素和“体重”元素的编辑框2a内分别输入患者的身高和体重。
S1-32、响应于用户在所述第二目标元素的编辑框中输入目标内容的操作，在第二目标元素的编辑框中显示目标内容，并且在第一目标元素的编辑框中自动显示依据数据源属性所表征的对应关系得到的内容。
由于在编辑生成第一目标元素的基础字段的属性时，将数据源属性编辑框中编辑了身高、体重和体质指数的对应关系，提前设置好了数据源属性的内容，这样，在执行随访任务的过程中，在第二用户填写随访记录表B100时，只需填写“身高”元素和“体重”元素的编辑框B2a内输入相应内容内容，“体质指数”元素的内容就会自动计算出来并显示在编辑框中，无需再人工手动计算，提高了效率和准确性，节省了时间。例如，如图42B所示，“身高”属性的当前值为1.76，“体重”属性的当前值为90，则可自动计算出“体质指数”属性的当前值为28.9。
在另一些实施例中，所述多个字段包括第三基础字段，所述第三基础字段用于生成第三目标元素，所述第三基础字段的至少一个属性编辑框包括数据源属性编辑框。
S1-25中，响应于基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个属性编辑框B51显示所编辑的属性，包括S1-251’。
S1-251’、响应于基础字段属性编辑操作，在第三基础字段的数据源属性编辑框B51内显示与后台数据库链接的数据源属性，后台数据库存储有该基础字段B31a对应的目标元素的内容。
示例性地，后台数据库例如为各医院的电子病历系统或健康管理系统的数据库，在将基础字段B31a的数据源属性经绑定后台数据库后，在第二用户填写该基础字段B31a所生成的元素的内容时，可从自动从后台数据库调取相应的内容，无需手动填写，从而提高了效率和准确性。
所述医疗信息的处理方法还包括S1-3’。
S1-3’、如图12所示，响应于执行随访任务的操作，显示随访任务执行界面700；随访任务执行界面700包括针对目标患者创建的随访任务中的随访记录表B100，所述随访记录表B100包括所述第三目标元素，所述第三目标元素具有编辑框。
示例性地，如图12所示，在随访记录表B100中，第三目标元素B2为“随访日期”元素，第三目标元素均具有编辑框B2a。
S1-3’中响应于执行随访任务的操作，执行随访任务，包括S1-31’～S1-32’。
S1-31’、接收用户选中所述第三目标元素的编辑框B2a的操作。
例如，选中所述第三目标元素的编辑框B2a的操作为选中“随访日期”元素的编辑框2a。
S1-32’、响应于用户选中所述第三目标元素的编辑框B2a的操作，在所述第三目标元素的编辑框中自动显示第三目标元素的数据源属性所链接的后台数据库中的内容。
例如，以第三基础字段B31a为日期时间为例，在属性菜单中设置标题属性的内容为“随访日期”，则该基础字段B31a所生成的第三目标元素为“随访日期”元素，在属性菜单中设置数据源属性的内容绑定后台数据库，例如后台数据库中存储有患者的初次就诊时间、设定随访间隔时长和当前日期和时间，则根据初次就诊时间和设定随访间隔时长，以及当前的日期和时间，即可得出随访日期的具体内容，例如，在图42B中，随访记录表B100中“随访日期”的内容自动填写为2018-12-04 11:34:25，无需第二用户手动填写。
或者，以第三基础字段B31a为单行文本框为例，在属性菜单中设置标题属性的内容为“姓名”，则该基础字段B31a所生成的第三目标元素为“姓名”元素，在属性菜单中设置数据源属性的内容绑定后台数据库，例如后台数据库为医疗数据处理系统的数据库，在医疗数据处理系统的数据库中存储有患者的姓名、性别、年龄、身高、体重等信息，第二用户在填写表单时，“姓名”元素的内容可以直接加载出来，无需手动输入。
在一些实施例中，如图43B～图43D所示，在量表制作工具界面B200的字段展示区B3中，所述多个字段B31包括至少一个常用字段B31b，常用字段B31b包括至少一个已编辑的属性。
例如，如图43D所示，常用字段B31b包括“随访方式”常用字段B31b、“随访日期”常用字段B31b、“症状”常用字段B31b等，每个常用字段B31b均包括至少一个已编辑的属性。以常用字段B31b为“随访方式”常用字段B31b为例，“随访方式”常用字段B31b包括标题属性、默认提示文字属性、选项内容属性、描述属性和填写设置属性等，多个属性的内容已经经过编辑并保存。常用字段B31b可以直接作为目标元素。
在字段选取操作所选取的字段B31为常用字段B31b的情况下，上述S1-21为S1-21”。
S1-21”、接收在量表制作工具界面B200输入的字段选取操作，字段 选取操作被配置为选取所述多个字段B31中的一个常用字段B31b。
基于此，上述S1-22为S1-22”。
S22”、响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示所选取的常用字段B31b。例如，如图43D所示，所选取的常用字段B31b为“血压”常用字段B31b。
在上述情况下，在S1-22”之后，还包括S1-23”。
S1-23”、响应于字段选取操作，将显示在编辑区B4的常用字段B31b作为目标元素B2。
示例性地，字段选取操作例如为选中一个常用字段B31b并拖动该常用字段B31b至编辑区B4的目标位置，响应于该字段选取操作，将显示在编辑区B4的常用字段B31b作为目标元素B2，这是由于常用字段B31b包括至少一个已编辑的属性，因此可将常用字段B31b直接作为目标元素，例如，如图12所示，将“血压”常用字段设置在编辑区中，生成“血压”元素。
在一些实施例中，如图43B所示，所述多个字段B31包括多个常用字段B31b，所述多个常用字段B31b包括至少一个公用常用字段B31b和至少一个私用常用字段B31b。
其中，所述公用常用字段B31b能够作为至少两种待制作的随访记录表B100中的目标元素，私用常用字段B31b能够作为一种待制作的随访记录表B100中的目标元素。也就是说，公用常用字段B31b能够被复用在至少两种不同的随访记录表B100中，私用常用字段B31b仅能被用在一种待制作的随访记录表B100中，不能被复用在其他随访记录表B100中。
例如，以图42A所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表和图42C所示的2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表为例，在上述两种随访记录表B100中，包括多个共有的目标元素，例如“随访方式”目标元素、“随访日期”目标元素等，每个随访记录表B100还包括自身特有的元素，例如图42C所示的2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表还包括特有的“心率”元素和“摄盐情况”元素等。
如图12所示，“身高”常用字段B31b、“体重”常用字段B31b、“随访方式”常用字段B31b、“随访日期”常用字段B31b等均为公用常用字段B31b，公用常用字段B31b的已编辑的属性的内容具有普适性，能够作为至少两种待创建的随访记录表B100中的目标元素，可以被复用 在不同的表单中，例如“随访方式”常用字段B31b可被复用在图42A所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表中，也可被复用在图42C所示的2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表中。
例如，如图12所示，“心率”常用字段B31b为私用常用字段B31b，“心率”常用字段B31b仅能被用在图42C所示的2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表中，而不能被用在图42A所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表中。
将多个常用字段B31b根据使用范围分为至少一个公用常用字段B31b和至少一个私用常用字段B31b，有利于多个常用字段B31b的管理，有利于第一用户在创建随访记录表时，快速在对应的公用常用字段B31b集合与私用常用字段B31b中选取需要的常用字段B31b，以将该常用字段B31b设置在编辑区B4，生成目标元素B2，有利于随访记录表的快速制作，提高了效率。
在一些实施例中，参见图43A～图43E，在S1-22之后，所述方法还包括S1-23～S1-25。
S1-23、响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示基础字段B31a的属性菜单B5。属性菜单B5包括至少一个属性编辑框B51。
示例性地，如图43C所示，响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示单行文本框的属性菜单B5。
S1-24、接收在至少一个属性编辑框B51输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，基础字段属性编辑操作被配置为在每个属性编辑框B51编辑所述基础字段的属性。
示例性地，如图43C所示，基础字段属性编辑操作可以是第一用户使用鼠标单击选中一个属性编辑框B51，并使用键盘在属性编辑框B51输入相应内容等操作。例如，例如对单行文本框的属性菜单B5中的标题属性、描述属性、默认提示文字属性、填写设置属性和数据源属性等多个属性进行编辑，具体可参见前边的描述，此处不再赘述。
S25、响应于基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个属性编辑框B51显示所编辑的属性，生成目标元素。
例如，如图43C所示，在每个属性编辑框B51显示所编辑的属性，将上述单行文本框生成“体质指数”元素。此时进入S1-26，判断随访记录表B100所需要的多个目标元素是否均被设置在编辑区B4。若否，则返回S1-21，继续进行S1-21～S1-25的操作；若是，则进入S1-27、生成随访记录表。
通过上述S1-21～S1-25的操作，可依次将基础字段B31a生成对应的目标元素，实现了利用基础字段B31a生成目标元素，形成待制作的随访记录表的一部分内容。
进一步地，在每次完成S1-21～S1-25的操作后，还可通过S1-251和S1-252，将所生成的目标元素作为常用字段进行保存，以便于下次使用。
S1-251、接收在属性菜单输入的选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作。
示例性地，如图43B和图43C所示，在基础字段B31a的属性菜单B5中包括“保存”按钮和“保存为常用字段”按钮，选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作作为第一用户进行的操作，例如在S1-25将基础字段B31a生成“随访方式”目标元素之后，单击“保存为常用字段”按钮，即可将所生成的目标元素作为常用字段B31b保存。
S1-252、响应于选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，将所生成的目标元素作为常用字段B31b显示在字段展示区B3。
例如，如图43B和图43C所示，量表制作工具界面B200的字段展示区B3中显示“随访方式”常用字段B31b。
通过上述S1-251和S1-252的操作，可实现将利用基础字段B31a生成的目标元素保存为常用字段B31b，以便于在本次制作随访记录表时，在S1-21中采用常用字段B31b生成目标元素时，可以直接使用所保存的常用字段B31b，或者，在下次创建新的随访记录表时，可以直接使用所保存的常用字段B31b，以便于随访记录表的制作。
上述S1-2还包括S1-21”～S1-23”。
S1-21”、接收在量表制作工具界面B200输入的字段选取操作，字段选取操作被配置为选取所述多个字段B31中的一个常用字段B31b。例如，接收字段选取操作，字段选取操作所选取的常用字段B31b为“随访方式”常用字段B31b。
示例性地，常用字段B31b也可以是在创建随访记录表的过程中，采用利用基础字段B31a生成目标元素之后，通过上述S1-33和S1-34保存在字段展示区B3的常用字段B31b。例如，字段选取操作所选取的“随访方式”常用字段B31b为通过S1-33和S1-34保存在字段展示区B3的“随访方式”常用字段B31b。
S22”、响应于字段选取操作，在编辑区B4显示所选取的常用字段B31b。
如图43E所示，将“随访方式”常用字段显示在编辑区B4中。
S23”、响应于字段选取操作，将显示在编辑区B4的常用字段B31b作为目标元素B2。
例如，将“随访方式”常用字段B31b作为“随访方式”元素。此时进入S1-26，判断随访记录表B100所需要的多个目标元素是否均被设置在编辑区B4。若否，则返回S1-21”，继续进行S1-21”～S1-23”的操作；若是，则进入S1-27、生成随访记录表。
通过上述S1-21”～S1-23”的操作，可依次将常用字段B31b生成对应的目标元素，实现了利用常用字段B31b生成目标元素，形成待创建的随访记录表的一部分内容。
在上述实施例中，如图42A所示，待制作的随访记录表所包括多个目标元素中的一些目标元素可通过常用字段B31b生成，另一些目标元素可通过基础字段B31b生成，在利用基础字段B31b生成目标元素之后，还可将该目标元素保存为常用字段，以方便下次直接使用。
上述S1-21～S1-25和S1-21”～S1-23”不分先后顺序，根据S1-26的判断结果，S1-21～S1-25和S1-21”～S1-23”可多次执行，直至随访记录表所需要的多个目标元素均被设置在编辑区B4。
例如，待创建的随访记录表为图42A所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表，表单所包括的目标元素为“随访日期”元素、“随访方式”元素、“症状”元素、“体质指数”元素等，第一用户在创建随访记录表B100的过程中，先在字段展示区B3的多个常用字段B31b中查找是否有对应的常用字段B31b，例如如图43E所示，多个常用字段B31b包括“随访日期”常用字段B31b、“随访方式”常用字段B31b和“症状”常用字段B31b，则可通过S1-21”～S1-23”依次将上述常用字段B31b设置在编辑区B4，以生成相应的目标元素。对于“体质指数”元素，则可在多个基础字段B31a中选取单行文本框，进行S1-21～S25操作，将单行文本框生成“体质指数”元素，设置在编辑区B4。第一用户在创建表单时，可根据表单所需要的目标元素B2和字段展示区所包括的字段B31的种类自行选择，灵活度较高。
这样，通过利用基础字段B31a生成目标元素B2和利用常用字段B31b生成目标元素B2相结合的方式，能够根据第一用户的需求，快速完成随访记录表的创建，缩短了创建随访记录表的耗时，提高了第一用户的工作效率，且创建不同的随访记录表时无需调整内部程序，降低了 维护成本。
在一些实施例中，如图43D和图43E所示，量表制作工具界面B200还包括表单区B6和提交栏B7。图43D和图43E显示的页面均为量表制作工具界面B200，通过右侧的滚动条可选择显示图43D和图43E显示的页面。如图43D所示，提交栏B7包括查看按钮、清空按钮、预览按钮和生成表单按钮，其中，查看按钮用于对编辑区B4中的元素的内容进行查看，清空按钮用于将编辑区B4所设置的元素全部删除，预览按钮用于对所生成的表单进行预览，生成表单按钮用于对所生成的表单进行提交和保存。如图43E所示，表单区B6包括多个已生成的表单，表单区用于显示已生成的表单的名称，
上述S1-2还包括S1-28和S1-29。
S1-28、接收用户在提交栏B7输入的选中所述生成表单按钮的操作。
示例性地，在随访记录表B100创建完成后，第一用户点击提交栏B7中生成表单的选项，以对所生成的表单进行提交和保存。
S1-29、响应于选中所述生成表单按钮的操作，保存所生成的随访记录表B100，并在表单区显示保存的随访记录表B100的名称。
响应于所述选中所述生成表单按钮的操作，将所生成的随访记录表B100保存在表单区中，例如，所生成的随访记录表B100为图42A所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表，对该随访记录表B100进行保存，表单区显示保存的随访记录表B100的名称“高血压患者随访服务记录表”。
在一些示例中，在S1-28之前，还包括S1-271和S1-272。
S1-271、接收在提交栏B7输入的选中所述预览按钮的操作。
示例性地，在随访记录表B100创建完成后，第一用户点击提交栏B7中预览的选项，以对所生成的随访记录表B100进行预览。
S1-272、响应于所述选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的随访记录表B100展示在编辑区B4。
将所生成的随访记录表B100展示在编辑区B4，可以查看随访记录表B100的样式，判断所生成的随访记录表B100是否与待创建的随访记录表B100一致，若不一致，可在编辑区B4对所生成的随访记录表B100中各元素的位置、格式、内容等进行修改，直至满意为止。
在一些实施例中，如图43D所示，字段展示区还包括布局字段B31d，例如为栅格布局字段B31d，在S1-272之后，还包括S1-273。
S1-273、响应于选中编辑区B4的至少两个目标元素B2的操作，且 响应于选中栅格布局字段B31d的操作，在编辑区显示栅格布局菜单B5’，栅格布局菜单B5’包括多个布局编辑框；响应于编辑多个布局编辑框的操作，在多个布局编辑框中显示所编辑的内容，并根据所编辑的内容调整所选中的至少两个目标元素B2的位置。
例如，如图43D所示，第一用户选中编辑区B4的至少两个目标元素B2的操作为通过鼠标以及ctrl按键，选中“随访日期”目标元素和“随访方式”目标元素，第一用户再选中栅格布局字段字段B31d，从而编辑区中显示栅格布局菜单B5’，栅格布局菜单B5’包括的多个布局编辑框例如为栅格间隔编辑框，列配置项编辑框等，通过对多个布局编辑框进行编辑，可以调整所选中的目标元素B2的位置、间隔、布局等，以使随访记录表B100的布局达到期望效果。
在一些实施例中，选中所述预览按钮的操作还被配置为选择表单的预览效果，预览效果包括纸张效果和在移动终端的屏幕上显示的效果。
S1-272中，响应于选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的随访记录表展示在编辑区B4，包括S1-2721。
S1-2721、响应于选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的随访记录表以纸张纸效果展示在编辑区B4，或者以在终端的屏幕上显示的效果展示编辑区B4。这里，终端为上述的电子设备，例如PC或手机。
其中，纸张效果例如指在电脑屏幕上显示的，能够以A4纸大小或者其他纸张大小呈现的整个随访记录表的效果，例如图42A～图42C所示的表单的效果为纸张效果。在终端的屏幕上显示的效果例如指在手机屏幕上显示的随访记录表的效果，例如图45所示的随访记录表的效果为移动终端的屏幕上显示的效果。
在所生成的随访记录表以在移动终端的屏幕上显示的效果展示编辑区B4的情况下，由于手机的屏幕较小，所生成的随访记录表包括的元素无法全部在一个页面中显示，则可将多个元素按照元素插入时默认生成的序号依次显示，也可以将多个元素设定特定的序号，按所设定的序号依次显示。
在一些实施例中，如图43E所示，表单区B6包括列表子区B61和操作子区B62。列表子区B61包括至少一个已保存的随访记录表的名称，已保存的随访记录表包括多个已设置的元素。操作子区B62包括至少一个导入引用选项B62a，每个已保存的随访记录表对应一个导入引用选项B62a。其中，已设置的元素是指将其属性均设置完毕的元素。
示例性地，以待创建的随访记录表为图42C所示的2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表为例，上述S1-2还包括S1-291和S1-295。
S1-291、接收在操作子区B62输入的选中一个所述导入引用选项的操作。
例如，选中一个所述导入引用选项的操作为通过鼠标单击，在操作子区B62选中第一个表单“高血压患者随访记录表”所对应的导入引用选项B62a。
S1-292、响应于选中一个所述导入引用选项的操作，在编辑区B4展示所选取的导入引用选项对应的已保存的随访记录表，将该随访记录表作为基础表单。
响应于选中一个所述导入引用选项的操作，在编辑区B4显示高血压患者随访记录表，并将高血压患者随访记录表作为基础表单。示例性地，图43A和图43E所示的随访记录表为高血压患者随访记录表。
S1-293、接收在量表制作工具界面B200输入的修改操作，修改操作被配置为修改基础表单中的多个已设置的元素中的至少一个已设置的元素。其中，所述至少一个已设置的元素与所述待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素不一致。
示例性地，在图42A所示的高血压患者随访记录表(基础表单)中，和图42C所示的2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表(待创建的随访记录表)中，二者的“随访日期”元素一致，二者的“随访方式”元素一致，而二者的“症状”元素不一致。例如，“症状”元素的属性包括标题属性、描述属性、选项内容属性和数据源属性等，其中两个随访记录表中，标题属性的内容均为症状，而在高血压患者随访记录表中，“症状”元素的选项内容属性为“无症状、头痛头晕、恶心呕吐”等，在2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表中，症状”元素的选项内容属性为“无症状、多饮、多食”等，因此需要通过第七操作，修改基础表单中的多个已设置的元素中的至少一个已设置的元素，例如修改“症状”元素的选项内容属性。
S1-294、响应于所述修改操作，设置被修改的所述至少一个已设置的元素，生成所述目标元素。
示例性地，响应于修改操作，将高血压患者随访记录表中的“症状”元素修改为2型糖尿病患者随访服务记录表中的“症状”元素。
S1-295、重复接收和响应于修改操作，直至基础表单中的多个已设置的元素与所述待制作的随访记录表中的多个目标元素一致，生成新的随 访记录表。
通过上述操作，可将已保存的随访记录表作为基础表单，在基础表单与待制作的随访记录表内容相似的情况下，通过对基础表单中的与待制作的随访记录表中不一致的元素进行修改，能够快速得到新的随访记录表，从而无需通过依次设置基础字段B31a和常用字段B31b，依次生成目标元素的方式从头开始制作新的随访记录表，提高了随访记录表的制备效率，节省了用户的时间。
在一些实施例中，S1-2还包括：在响应于所述字段选取操作，在所述编辑区B4显示所选取的字段B31，并将该字段B31生成目标元素之后，还包括：对所生成的目标元素进行编号，不同目标元素的编号不同。
例如，以待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素包括“是否有高血压家族史”元素，“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素、“糖尿病家族史人群”元素、“高血压家族史人群”元素为例，其中“是否有高血压家族史”元素和“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素均具有两个选项，分别为“是”选项和“否”选项，“糖尿病家族史人群”元素、“高血压家族史人群”元素均具有六个选项，分别为祖父选项、祖母选项、外祖父选项、外祖母选项、父亲选项和母亲选项。
对上述四个元素进行编号，例如“是否有高血压家族史”元素，“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素、“糖尿病家族史人群”元素、“高血压家族史人群”元素的编号分别为1、2、3、4。
如图43F所示，表单区B6包括列表子区B61和操作子区B62；列表子区B61包括至少一个已保存的随访记录表B100，所述已保存的随访记录表B100包括多个已设置的元素。操作子区B62包括至少一个路径设置选项B62b，每个所述已保存的随访记录表B100对应一个所述路径设置选项B62b。
S1-2还包括S1-291’～S1-295’。
S1-291’、接收在所述量表制作工具界面B200输入的第四操作，所述第四操作被配置为在所述操作子区B62选取一个所述路径设置选项B62b。
例如，第四操作为在操作子区B62选取第一个随访记录表B100对应的路径设置选项B62b。
S1-292’、响应于所述第四操作，在所述编辑区B4展示所选取的路径设置选项对应的已保存的随访记录表B100，并显示该随访记录表B100 中多个已设置的元素的编号；所述多个已设置的元素中包括第一元素和多个第二元素，所述第一元素具有至少两个选项。
如图43G所示，第一元素为“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素，第二元素为“是否有高血压家族史”元素和“糖尿病家族史人群”元素，上述三个元素的编号分别为1、2、3，第一元素具有至少两个选项，分别为“是”选项和“否”选项。
S1-292’、接收在所述量表制作工具界面B200输入的第五操作，所述第五操作用于选中所述第一元素。
例如，第五操作为通过鼠标双击“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素。
S1-293’、响应于第五操作，显示第一元素的执行路径菜单，执行路径菜单包括选项列项和下一个执行元素列项，选项列项包括第一元素所具有的至少两个选项框，下一个执行元素列项包括至少两个路径编辑框，一个编辑框对应一个选项框。
如图43G所示，响应于第五操作，在编辑区B4显示执行路径菜单B5”，执行路径菜单B5”包括选项列项和下一个执行元素列项，第一元素具有的两个选项分别为“是”选项和“否”选项，则选项列项包括两个选项框，分别为“是”选项框和“否”选项框，每个选项框均对应一个路径编辑框，此时路径编辑框中的内容为空。
S1-294’、接收在所述至少两个路径编辑框输入的第六操作，所述第六操作用于在每个路径编辑框内编辑第一元素在不同选项下的下一个执行元素的编号。
例如，如图43G所示，对应“是”选项框，编辑路径编辑框为“3”，对应“否”选项框，编辑路径编辑框为“2”，即设定“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素的选择结果为“是”，则执行“糖尿病家族史人群”元素，若“是否有糖尿病家族史”元素的选择结果为“否”，则执行“高血压家族史人群”元素。
S1-295’、响应于第六操作，在每个路径编辑框内显示所编辑的编号。
通过S1-291’～S1-295’，实现对第一元素和第二元素之间的元素路径的设置，从而在执行随访任务时，在第二用户填写随访记录表B100的过程中，若选择了第一元素的“是”选项，则会自动跳转到第三元素，接着对第三元素进行填写，若选择了第一元素的“否”选项，则会自动跳转到第二元素，接着对第二元素进行填写，这样，无需人工判断对应相应的选项，下一个执行元素是哪个元素，节省了判断时间，能够方便快 速地完成随访记录表B100的填写。
在一些实施例中，以医院为例，一个机构内不同的部门或科室使用到的随访记录表B100不一样，甚至不同的人员使用到的随访记录表也不一样，为了避免混乱，所述方法还包括：在随访记录表B100制备完成后，对随访记录表B100的使用权进行授权，授权时可以按照科室授权、也可以按照人员授权，授权后发布随访记录表B100，在使用随访记录表B100时，例如创建随访任务时，不同的人员就可以看到相对应的随访记录表B100了。例如负责高血压和糖尿病这两种疾病的医生可以看到相对应的随访记录表B100。
在一些实施例中，上述方法还包括S1-4。
S1-4、创建随访模板；所述随访模板包括上述的多个随访任务模板。
基于此，S1-4包括S1-41～S1-44。
S1-41、响应于用户对随访模板页签的操作，显示随访模板界面B500。这里，随访模板页签为导航页签11中的一个，可以呈现于导航条1中，以一个图标的形式出现。当然，随访模板页签也可以呈现于PC的其他界面。本公开实施例对随访模板页签的显示方式和显示位置不做限制，只要能实现显示随访模板界面的目的即可。
如图45A和图45B所示，随访模板界面B500包括模板分类选择框B501，模板分类选择框B501具有疾病选项菜单B502，疾病选项菜单B502包括多个疾病选项；每个疾病选项对应至少一个随访模板，每个随访模板包括多个随访记录表B100和对应每个随访记录表B100的间隔时间。其中，所述间隔时间为创建随访任务的当前日期与目标回访日期之间的间隔时间。这里，疾病选项菜单B502中的疾病选项与上述的创建随访界面的病种选择器301中包含的疾病病种相同。
其中，每个疾病选项可以只对应一种疾病，例如高血压疾病选项仅对应高血压这一种疾病，或者，每个疾病选项可以对应至少两种疾病，例如高血压1级疾病选项对应高血压和糖尿病这两种疾病。
S1-42、响应于创建随访模板的操作，显示包括多个疾病选项的疾病选项菜单B502。
创建随访模板的操作例如为用户单击模板分类选择框B501，从而在模板分类选择框101弹出包括多个疾病选项的疾病选项菜单B302。
S1-43、响应于响应于用户对一个疾病选项的选择操作，确认目标疾病，并创建与所述目标疾病匹配的随访模板；所述随访模板包括多个随访记录表 和对应每个随访记录表的时间间隔；所述多个随访记录表中的每个随访记录表为与所述目标疾病对应的随访记录表，所述时间间隔为，针对所述目标疾病所设定的随访的日期与创建随访任务的日期之间的时间间隔。
如图44所示，根据目标患者所患的疾病，选择相应的疾病选项，例如目标患者所患的疾病为高血压和糖尿病，则应该选中高血压1级疾病选项。
示例性地，如图45B为随访模板界面B500，随访模板界面B500中的模板内容例如为高血压1级疾病选项对应的随访模板，该随访模板包括多个随访记录表B100和对应每个随访记录表B100的间隔时间，例如，其中一个高血压患者对方服务记录表对应的间隔时间为1，高血压患者生活质量表对应的间隔时间为21等。
S1-44、根据确认的目标疾病，创建多个随访任务；每个随访任务包括随访记录表B100及相应的回访时间，其中，该随访记录表B100为所选择的高血压1级疾病选项对应的随访模板中的随访记录表B100，该回访时间为根据创建随访任务的日期与对应该随访记录表B100的间隔时间得到。如图4B所示，以创建随访任务的日期为2020.7.13为例，根据图5B中随访模板包括的多个随访记录表B100和对应每个随访记录表B100的间隔时间，可以得到对应每个随访记录表B100的回访时间。例如，在随访模板中，有两个高血压患者随访服务记录表对应的间隔时间均为1，一个糖尿病患者随访服务记录表对应的间隔时间为1，则在标准模板区10显示的多个随访任务中，前三个任务分别为：随访记录表B100为高血压患者随访服务记录表，对应的回访时间为2020.7.14，随访记录表B100为糖尿病患者随访服务记录表，对应的回访时间为2020.7.14，随访记录表B100为高血压患者随访服务记录表，对应的回访时间为2020.7.14。其他任务以此类推，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，如图44A和44B所示，随访模板界面B500还包括模板内容栏B15，模板内容栏B15包括新建按钮，模板内容栏B15被配置为显示已创建的随访模板。
基于此，上述S1-44还包括S1-441～S1-444。
S1-441、响应于选中所述新建按钮的操作，在所述随访模板界面B500显示随访模板创建对话框B14；所述随访模板创建对话框B14包括随访记录表编辑框和时间间隔编辑框B14b，以及确定按钮和取消按钮，所述随访记录表编辑框B14a具有与所述目标疾病相关的至少一个表单选项，每个所述表单 选项对应一个预设的随访记录表B100。
示例性地，确定的目标疾病为高血压1级疾病选项B13a，则随访记录表编辑框B14a具有与高血压1级疾病选项B13a相关的至少一个表单选项，每个表单选项对应一个已生成的随访记录表B100，该随访记录表B100例如可以为“高血压生活患者质量表”、“糖尿病患者生活质量表”等。
S1-442、响应于用户选择一个表单选项的操作，在所述随访记录表编辑框内显示所选择的表单选项对应的随访记录表的名称；
示例性地，如图44A所示，选择一个表单选项的操作为从至少一个表单选项中选择对应“高血压生活患者质量表”的选项，并在随访记录表B100编辑框内B14a显示所选择的表单选项对应的随访记录表B100的名称“高血压生活患者质量表”。
S1-443、用户在间隔时间编辑框中输入时间间隔的操作，在间隔时间编辑框B14b显示设定的间隔时间。这里，输入时间间隔的操作被配置为设定与所述目标疾病选项对应的间隔时间。
示例性地，如图44A所示，在间隔时间编辑框B14b显示设定的间隔时间为21天。
S1-444、响应于用户选中所述确定按钮的操作，在模板内容栏显示随访模板。
如图44B所示，在模板内容区B15的最后一栏，显示有创建好的随访模板的一个记录，即间隔时间为21天，随访量表为“高血压生活患者质量表”的记录，多条记录组成对应高血压1级疾病选项的随访模板。在一些实施例中，参考图2，至少一个医疗操作索引项102包括第一详情索引项1021。这里，第一详情索引项1021被配置为指示用户查看该患者的基本信息和确诊信息。基于此，在上述S2A之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S41。
S41、PC响应于用户对目标患者对应的第一详情索引项1021的操作，例如，点击第一详情索引项1021，显示病历卡界面，病历卡界面呈现该目标患者在注册病历卡时所填写的病历卡信息，例如，基本信息，紧急联系人信息以及确诊信息，方便医护人员了解该患者的详细信息，或者修改该目标患者的病历卡信息。
在一些实施例中，参考图2，患者列表界面100还包括患者搜索框103。患者搜索框103被配置为指示用户搜索上述的目标患者或搜索其他 患者。例如，如图2所示，患者搜索框103中包括病历号输入框、姓名输入框、手机号输入框等。所述方法还包括：PC响应于对患者搜索框103中输入信息的查询操作，确定目标患者或其他患者。这样，用户可直接通过患者搜索框103确定目标患者，不用在患者列表101中逐一查找，提高了用户的工作效率。
在另一些实施例中，参考图2，患者列表界面100还包括病种选项框104，病种选项框104被配置为指示用户通过病种筛选患者，以提高用户查找患者的效率。
在一些实施例中，如图2所示，患者列表界面100还呈现注册建卡索引项105，注册建卡索引项105被配置为指示用户为新患者创建病历卡。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S41和S42。
S41、PC响应于用户对注册建卡索引项105的操作，至少显示基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框；基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的基本信息，确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息。
示例的，如图8所示，用户对注册建卡索引项105的操作可以被理解为：用户点击注册建卡索引项105。PC响应于该操作，显示创建病历卡界面400。创建病历卡界面400包括多个基本信息空白文本框401、紧急联系人空白文本框403和确诊信息空白文本框402。
如图8所示，多个基本信息空白文本框401被配置为输入新患者的基本信息，例如：姓名、证件类型、证件号码、性别、电话等必填项信息，以及家庭住址、疾病史、家族史、过敏史等选填项信息，以方便医护人员了解新患者的基本情况；并且，上述基本信息中的必填项信息被配置为区分不同的患者。例如，用户通过上述实施例中的搜索框103搜索该新患者时，搜索框中的信息即可包括上述必填项信息中的部分与该新患者具有唯一对应性的信息，例如：姓名、证件号码或电话等。
紧急联系人空白文本框403被配置为输入与该新患者具有亲密关系的紧急联系人的信息，例如，该新患者的父母、配偶、子女等。
确诊信息空白文本框402被配置为输入新患者的确诊信息，包括确诊日期、确诊病种、确诊说明等，以记录该新患者的疾病信息。这里，确诊信息空白文本框402为1个。当然，在新患者具有两种及两种以上疾病的情况下，可增加确诊信息空白文本框，以记录该患者的其他疾病信息。
S42、PC响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框401和确诊信息空白文本框402中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框401和确诊信息空白文本框402中信息的至少部分信息作为就诊信息添加到患者列表101中。
这里，用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框401和确诊信息空白文本框402中信息的保存操作，可以被理解为：用户对患者的基本信息、紧急联系人信息以及确诊信息填写完成后，点击创建病历卡界面400上的保存按钮。示例的，如图2所示，患者列表101中患者的就诊信息包括病历号、姓名、性别、年龄、手机号和病种，则PC响应于该保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框401中呈现的病历号、姓名、性别、年龄和手机号，以及确诊信息空白文本框402中呈现的确诊病种作为就诊信息添加到患者列表101中(例如，呈现于患者列表101的第一行)，并将上述创建病历卡界面400上呈现的所有信息关联到患者列表101中与该新患者对应的第一详情索引项1021中，以方便用户通过第一详情索引项1021查看该患者的病历卡信息。
需要说明的是，与患者具有唯一对应的病历号可以是用户在创建病历卡时手动输入，也可以是PC响应于上述保存操作自动生成。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括注册建卡页签，上述S2还包括：PC响应于用户对注册建卡页签的第一操作(例如，用户点击导航条1中的一个代表注册建卡页签页签的图标)，显示创建病历卡界面400。这里，创建病历卡界面400与上述S41显示的创建病历卡界面400相同。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括上述S41和S42。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括健康处方管理页签；上述S2包括S2B。
S2B、如图9所示，PC响应于用户对健康处方管理页签的第一操作，显示健康处方管理界面500，健康处方管理界面500中呈现健康处方列表501，健康处方列表501包括多行处方信息，每行处方信息包括患者的就诊信息、开方医生、开方日期、以及第一医疗信息操作项502。第一医疗信息操作项502包括第二详情索引项5021。
这里，用户对健康处方管理页签的第一操作可以被理解为：用户点击导航条1中的一个代表健康处方管理页签的图标。多行处方信息中的患者可以是同一个患者。示例的，如图9所示，多行处方信息中包括同一个患者X3的6个不同的处方信息。
在此基础上，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S51。
S51、PC响应于用户对第二详情索引项5021的操作，显示健康处方文本框201，健康处方文本框201中呈现该行处方信息对应的医疗方案，医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
在一些示例中，PC响应于用户对健康处方列表501中的一个第二详情索引项5021的点击操作，显示创建健康处方界面200，与S26中显示的创建健康处方界面200(即，图3-图5所示的创建健康处方界面200)所不同的是，这里，创建健康处方界面200中的健康处方文本框201中呈现已经创建的医疗方案。也就是说，第二详情索引项5021被配置为指示用户查看已经创建的与该行处方信息对应的医疗方案。
在一些实施例中，如图9所示，每行处方信息还包括状态信息，状态信息为有效、停用或作废。在一行处方信息中的状态信息为有效的情况下，该行处方信息中的第一医疗信息操作项502还包括停用项和作废项。示例的，如图9所示的健康处方列表501的前5行处方信息，该5行处方信息的状态均为有效，则与该5行处方信息中的每行对应的第一医疗信息操作项502均包括第二详情索引项5021、停用项和作废项。也就是说，在某个处方信息为有效的状态下，可对其进行作废或停用。并且，PC响应于用户点击该5行处方信息中其中一行的第二详情索引项5021的操作，显示与该行处方信息对应的医疗方案，且该医疗方案处于可编辑状态，用户可对其进行修改。
基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S52。
S52、PC响应于用户对停用项或作废项的操作，使该行处方信息中的状态信息由有效变更为停用或作废，并隐藏停用项和作废项。例如，图9所示的健康处方列表501的最后一行处方信息，PC响应于用户对该行处方信息中的停用项的点击操作，使该行处方信息中的状态信息由有效变更为停用，且第一医疗信息操作项502中隐藏了停用项和作废项，仅显示第二详情索引项5021。并且，PC响应于用户点击该行处方信息中的第二详情索引项5021的操作，显示与该行处方信息对应的医疗方案，且该医疗方案处于非编辑状态，用户仅能查看该医疗方案。
在一些实施例中，如图9所示，健康处方管理界面500中还呈现有处方信息搜索框504和查询项505，处方信息搜索框504包括病历号输入框、姓名输入框、开方医生选择项和开方日期选择项等。处方信息搜索框504被配置为呈现搜索信息，搜索信息包括病历号、姓名、开方医 生或开方日期。查询项505被配置为指示对呈现于处方信息搜索框504中的搜索信息进行搜索。例如，用户需要查找患者X3的健康处方，则用户在处方信息搜索框504中输入患者X3的姓名或病历号，则PC响应于对呈现于处方信息搜索框504中的患者X3的姓名或病历号的
在另一些实施例中，参考图9，健康处方管理界面500还包括病种选项框104，病种选项框104被配置为指示用户通过病种筛选处方信息，以提高用户查找处方的效率。例如，用户需要查找张医生在2019年11月19日创建的关于高血压的健康处方信息，则在处方信息搜索框504中的开方医生选择项中选择张医生，在开方日期选择项中选择2019年11月19日，并勾选病种选项框104中与高血压对应的选项框，则PC响应于对呈现于处方信息搜索框504中的张医生和2019年11月19日，以及病种选项框104中选择的高血压的查询操作，在健康处方列表501中仅显示张医生在2019年11月19日创建的与高血压匹配的健康处方信息。
在一些实施例中，如图9所示，健康处方管理界面500还呈现新建健康处方索引项503。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S53-S56。
S53、如图10所示，PC响应于用户对新建健康处方索引项503的操作，显示创建健康处方界面200，与S26中所显示的创建健康处方界面200(即，图3-图5所示的创建健康处方界面200)所不同的是，这里，创建健康处方界面200中还包括患者搜索框103。
S54、PC响应于对输入患者搜索框103中的信息的查询操作，确定目标患者，并显示目标患者的就诊信息。示例的，用户在患者搜索框103中输入姓名X3、病历号CD10000103，PC响应于对输入患者搜索框103中的姓名X3和病历号CD10000103的查询操作，确定目标患者为X3，并在图10所示的创建健康处方界面200中显示目标患者X3的就诊信息。
S55、PC响应于用户的第二操作，在健康处方文本框201中呈现与目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案。
这里，S55与上述的S26相同，用户的第二操作也可以被理解为：用户在空白的健康处方文本框201中填写医疗方案，或者，用户采用上述的引用词条文本模板、引用医疗方案模板或复用历史处方的方式(即上述的S261-S263、S264-S266或S267-S269)，在空白的健康处方文本框201中呈现与目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，在此不再赘述。
S56、PC响应于用户对医疗方案的保存操作，将目标患者的就诊信息作为一行新的处方信息中的部分信息添加到健康处方管理界面500中 的健康处方列表501中，并将目标患者的医疗方案关联到该行新的处方信息中的第二详情索引项5021中。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括新建健康处方页签，上述S2包括S2C。
S2C、PC响应于用户对新建健康处方页签的第一操作(例如，用户点击导航条1中的一个代表新建健康处方页签的图标)，显示创建健康处方界面200。这里显示的创建健康处方界面200与上述S53中的显示的创建健康处方界面200相同。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括上述S54-S56。
在一些实施例中，参考图10，创建健康处方界面200中还呈现注册建卡索引项105。这里，注册建卡索引项105与图2所示的患者列表界面100中的注册建卡索引项105相同，均被配置为指示用户为新患者创建病历卡。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S41和S42，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，注册建卡索引项也可以页签的形式显示，例如，以导航页签11的形式显示于导航条1中，也可以其他方式显示，本公开实施例对此不做限制，只要能实现为新患者注册病历卡信息的目的即可。
在一些实施例中，若上述S54中，PC响应于对输入患者搜索框103中的信息的查询操作，未确定到目标患者，则认为该目标患者为新患者。基于此，PC首先执行上述S41和S42，为该新患者创建病历卡，然后，响应于返回到该创建健康处方界面200的操作，重新执行S54-S56；或者，PC首先执行S2A，此时，患者列表101中的第一行即为该新患者的信息，PC再执行上述S22和S26，为该新患者创建健康处方。
这里，返回到该创建健康处方界面200的操作可以被理解为：用户在导航窗格8的界面页签81中点击PC执行S54时导航窗格8上出现的界面页签81，例如图10所示的导航窗格8中的创建健康处方；或者，用户在导航条1上点击表示创建健康处方页签的一个图标。当然，也可以是其他操作，本公开实施例不一一列举，只要该操作能实现显示健康处方文本框201，并在健康处方文本框201中能够为患者创建健康处方即可。
需要说明的是，在上述各界面中，均包括导航窗格8，导航窗格8包括至少一个界面页签81，一个界面页签81对应一个界面，当前界面对应的界面页签81的显示状态与其他界面对应的界面页签81的显示状 态不同。例如，参考图10，PC当前所显示的界面对应的界面页签81为创建健康处方，则表示创建健康处方的界面页签81的显示颜色比其他界面页签81的显示颜色深，方便用户通过界面页签区分不同的界面，以实现不同界面之间的切换。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括随访管理页签；上述S2包括S2D。
S2D、如图11所示，PC响应于用户对随访管理页签的第一操作，显示随访管理界面600，随访管理界面600中呈现随访任务列表601，随访任务列表601包括多行随访信息，每行随访信息包括患者的就诊信息、随访时间、随访内容以及至少一个第二医疗信息操作项604。
这里，用户对随访管理页签的第一操作可以被理解为：用户点击导航条1中的一个代表随访管理页签的图标。多行随访信息中的患者可以是同一个患者。示例的，如图11所示，多行随访信息中包括同一个患者X3的4个不同的随访信息。
在一些实施例中，如图11所示，每行随访信息还包括随访状态，随访状态包括未随访或已完成。在一行随访信息中的随访状态为未随访的情况下，该行随访信息中的至少一个第二医疗信息操作项604包括随访执行索引项和删除项。示例的，如图11所示的随访任务列表601的第一行随访信息，该行随访信息的随访状态为未随访，则该行随访信息中的第二医疗信息操作项604包括随访执行索引项和删除项。也就是说，在某个随访任务为未执行的情况下，用户可删除该随访任务。
基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S61。
S61、PC响应于用户对随访执行索引项的操作，显示与随访内容对应的随访记录表。
示例的，如图12所示，PC响应于用户对随访任务列表601的第四行随访信息中的随访执行索引项的点击操作，显示随访任务执行界面700，随访任务执行界面700中呈现与该行随访信息中的随访内容对应的高血压患者随访服务记录表。
S62、如图11所示，PC响应于对输入上述高血压患者随访服务记录表中的内容的保存操作，使该行随访信息中的随访状态由未随访变更为已完成，且使随访执行索引项变更为第三详情索引项6041，并隐藏删除项。第三详情索引项6041被配置为指示查看与随访任务对应的随访记录表。该随访记录表中的内容为医护人员在随访过程中填写的内容，且该 内容处于非编辑状态。也就是说，随访任务被执行之后，用户仅能查看随访过程中所填写的随访记录表中的内容。
在一些示例中，如图12所示，高血压患者随访服务记录表中包括一项“此次随访分类”，其中包含控制满意、控制不满意、不良反应或并发症等选项，在医护人员对该患者进行随访的过程中，可根据患者的健康状况选择控制满意、控制不满意、不良反应或并发症等选项中的一项或多项，例如，选择控制满意。
在一些实施例中，第二医疗信息操作项604还包括第一随访对比索引项6042。在此基础上，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S63。
S63、PC响应于用户对第一随访对比索引项6042的操作，获取并显示与该行随访信息中的患者对应的至少两次相同疾病匹配的随访内容的对比结果。
在一些示例中，如图11所示，随访任务列表601的第四行随访信息中的随访内容为高血压患者随访服务记录表，且该行随访信息中的患者X3在当前日之前，已经完成了两次以上与高血压匹配的高血压患者随访服务记录表。如图12所示，高血压患者随访服务记录表中包含血压、体重、体质指数、心率等体征信息、以及其他信息，例如日吸烟量、日饮酒量。这样，PC响应于用户对第一随访对比索引项6042的操作，获取并显示多次高血压患者随访服务记录表中的血压的对比结果、心率的对比结果、或其他信息的对比结果，以使医护人员通过该对比结果更清楚、更直观的了解患者的疾病控制状况。示例的，如图13所示，PC响应于用户对第一随访对比索引项6042的操作，获取并显示多次高血压患者随访服务记录表中的血压、体重、体质指数、心率等体征信息、以及其他信息的对比结果，并以表格的形式显示。又示例的，如图14所示，PC响应于用户对第一随访对比索引项6042的操作，获取并显示多次高血压患者随访服务记录表中的血压的对比结果，并以趋势图的形式显示。本公开实施例对对比结果的呈现方式不做特殊限定，可根据实际需要调整。
在另一些实施例中，随访管理界面600中还呈现第二随访对比索引项605。示例的，第二随访对比索引项605与第一随访对比索引项6042类似，与第一随访对比索引项6042不同的是，第二随访对比索引项605被配置为获取并显示与目标患者对应的至少两次相同疾病匹配的随访内容的对比结果。这里的目标患者可以为创建过病历卡信息的任何患者。并且，
在一些实施例中，第二医疗信息操作项604包括创建随访索引项。这里， 创建随访索引项与患者管理界面100的患者列表101中的创建随访索引项相同，均被配置为指示用户为与该创建随访索引项对应的患者创建随访任务。
基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括上述的S31-S36。并且，上述S36中用户的第三操作也可以被理解为：用户在创建随访界面300中的随访任务模板区303中选择预设的随访任务模板311(即上述的S361)，或者在创建随访界面300中的自定义区310中自定义创建随访任务(即上述的S362或S363)。
在另一些实施例中，在S36之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S37。
S37、PC响应于用户对新创建的随访任务的保存操作，将该随访任务与对应的患者的就诊信息添加到随访任务列表601中。
在一些实施例中，如图11所示，随访管理界面600中还呈现随访任务搜索框602和随访查询项607，随访任务搜索框602包括病历号输入框、姓名输入框、手机号输入框、随访人员选择项、状态选择项等。随访任务搜索框602被配置为呈现随访搜索信息，该随访搜索信息包括病历号、患者姓名、手机号、随访人员、随访状态等。随访查询项607被配置为指示对呈现于随访任务搜索框602中的随访搜索信息进行搜索。
在另一些实施例中，如图11所示，随访管理界面600中还呈现自定义时间选项606，用户可通过自定义时间选项606对随访日期进行筛选，获得随访日期在一段时间内的随访任务。
在一些实施例中，如图11所示，随访管理界面600中还呈现新建随访索引项603，基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S64-S66。
S64、如图15所示，PC响应于用户对新建随访索引项603的操作，显示创建随访界面300，与S31中所显示的创建随访界面300(即图6和图7所示的创建随访界面300)所不同的是，这里，创建随访界面300中还包括患者搜索框103。
S65、PC响应于对输入患者搜索框103中的信息的查询操作，确定目标患者，并显示目标患者的就诊信息。示例的，用户在患者搜索框103中输入姓名X3、病历号CD10000103，PC响应于对输入患者搜索框103中的姓名X3和病历号CD10000103的查询操作，确定目标患者为X3，并在图10所示的创建健康处方界面200中显示目标患者X3的就诊信息。
S66、PC响应于用户的第三操作，确定与目标患者的疾病匹配的新的随访任务；该新的随访任务包括与目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与该随访内容对应的随访时间。
这里，S66与上述的S36相同，用户的第三操作也可以被理解为：用户在创建随访界面300中的随访任务模板区303中选择预设的随访任务模板311(即上述的S361)，或者在创建随访界面300中的自定义区310中自定义创建随访任务(即上述的S362或S363)，在此不再赘述。
S67、PC响应于用户对新的随访任务的保存操作，将目标患者的就诊信息以及新的随访任务添加到随访任务列表601中。
这里，S67与上述的S37相同。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括新建随访页签，上述S2包括S2E。
S2E、PC响应于用户对新建随访页签的第一操作(例如，用户点击导航条1中的一个代表新建随访页签的图标)，显示创建随访界面300。这里显示的创建随访界面300与上述S64所显示的创建随访界面300相同。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括上述S64-S66。
在一些实施例中，参考图15，创建随访界面300中还呈现注册建卡索引项105。这里，注册建卡索引项105与图2所示的患者列表界面100中的注册建卡索引项105相同，均被配置为指示用户为新患者创建病历卡。基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S41和S42，在此不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，若上述S65中，PC响应于对输入患者搜索框103中的信息的查询操作，未确定到目标患者，则认为该目标患者为新患者。基于此，PC首先执行上述S41和S42，为该新患者创建病历卡，然后，响应于返回到该创建随访界面300的操作，重新执行S65-S67；或者，PC首先执行S2A，此时，患者列表101中的第一行即为该新患者的信息，PC再执行S31和S36，为该新患者创建随访任务。
这里，返回到该创建随访界面300的操作可以被理解为：用户在导航窗格8的界面页签81中点击PC执行S65时导航窗格8上出现的界面页签81，例如图10所示的导航窗格8中的创建随访；或者，用户在导航条1上点击表示创建随访页签的一个图标。当然，也可以是其他操作，本公开实施例不一一列举，只要该操作能实现显示创建随访界面300，并能够在该界面为患者创建随访任务即可。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S01-02。
S01、PC显示登录信息框。
S02、如图16所示，PC响应于对输入登录信息框中的登录信息的登录操作，显示首页界面001。首页界面001呈现用户在工作日当天的工 作内容及数量。
在一些示例中，登录信息框中输入用户为邹医生的登录信息，PC响应于对邹医生的登录信息的登录操作，显示首页界面001，首页界面001呈现邹医生在工作日当天的工作量提醒信息栏010，以提醒用户今日需要完成的工作任务量。
工作量提醒信息栏010包括今日未执行的工作量，例如，未执行的随访任务的数量。基于此，首页界面001还呈现未执行的随访任务列表601，以方便医护人员查看具体的随访任务的信息。
需要说明的是，与随访管理界面600中呈现的随访任务列表601所不同的是，随访管理界面600中呈现的随访任务列表601呈现的是所有患者的所有随访任务，其中，随访人员可以是同一个医生，也可以是不同的医生。而首页界面001中呈现的随访任务列表601中仅显示随访人员为登录用户(即，邹医生)的随访任务。
在另一些示例中，若登录信息不存在，即，该用户为新用户，则PC响应于确定登录信息不存在，显示注册信息框；并响应于对输入注册信息框中的注册信息的注册操作，将该注册信息传输至服务器。其中，注册信息包括登录信息，即，上述注册信息中的部分信息作为该用户的登录信息。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括疾病评估页签。上述S2包括S2F。
S2F、如图17所示，PC响应于用户对疾病评估页签的第一操作，显示第一疾病评估界面800，第一疾病评估界面800呈现疾病评估信息文本框，包括评估类型选项801、基本信息文本框802、实验室检查信息文本框803。这里，评估类型选项801包括多种疾病类型，基本信息文本框802中的部分信息和实验室检查信息文本框803中的检查项目与评估类型选项中的其中一种疾病相匹配。
基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S71-S72。
S71、PC响应于确定的评估类型，使基本信息文本框802中的信息和实验室检查信息文本框803中的检查项目与所述确定的评估类型所对应的疾病相匹配。
S72、PC响应于对输入所述疾病评估信息文本框中的信息的保存操作，根据服务器内的知识库，自动获取并显示与所述疾病评估信息对应的疾病评估报告。
示例的，参考图17，第一疾病评估界面800中呈现的评估类型选项801包括糖尿病评估、高血压评估、高血脂评估。当然，评估类型选项801中还可以包括其他疾病，图17仅以糖尿病评估、高血压评估、高血脂评估示例。若用户选择糖尿病评估，则基本信息文本框802中的信息除姓名、年龄、性别、身高、体重、种族、教育水平等信息外，还包括腰围、糖尿病家族史、运动量、吸烟与否等信息。实验室检查信息文本框803中检查项目包括空腹血糖、餐后两小时血糖，以及收缩压、胆固醇，低密度脂蛋白，高密度脂蛋白和甘油三酯等，因为糖尿病患者有可能合并有高血压等。这样，可使评估报告更加准确。
如图18所示，疾病评估报告中包括风险评估结果以及对患者的健康建议，以使患者通过该疾病评估结果对自己的健康状况有所了解，若风险评估结果显示该患者患糖尿病的概率较小，但仍存在风险，则该患者可按照风险评估结果中的健康建议自行疗养。这样，可以减缓医疗机构的就诊压力，也可提高患者的就诊效率。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括智能问答页签。上述S2包括S2G。
S2G、如图19所示，PC响应于用户对智能问答页签的第一操作，显示智能问答界面900，智能问答界面900呈现问题搜索框901，问题搜索框901被配置为呈现待搜索的问题。
基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S81。
S81、PC响应于对输入所述问题搜索框901中的问题的查询操作，从服务器中预设的知识库中获取并显示相似度满足相似度阈值条件的问题以及与问题匹配的解答方案。这样，可方便资历较浅的医护人员查阅相关技术知识。
示例的，该解答方案为一个。另示例的，该解答方案为多个。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括咨询页签。上述S2包括S2H。
S2H、如图20所示，PC响应于用户对咨询页签的第一操作，显示咨询管理界面002，咨询管理界面002中呈现咨询列表，咨询列表包括至少一行来自服务器的咨询信息，每行咨询信息包括患者的就诊信息、问题概要、咨询类型、是否有附件、答复状态以及第四详情索引项。其中，答复状态包括已答或未答。
医疗信息的处理方法还包括S90和S94-S95。
S90、在一行咨询信息中的答复状态为未答的情况下，PC响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项901的操作，显示与该行咨询信息对应的咨询问题以及与该行咨询信息中的咨询类型匹配的答复文本框。
S94、PC响应于用户对答复文本框的操作，呈现与咨询问题匹配的解答结果。这里，用户对答复文本框的操作，可以被理解为：用户在答复文本框中输入解答结果，或采用下述的引用知识库的模板。需要说明的是，输入可以被理解为文字输入，也可以被理解为语音输入或其他输入方式，本公开实施例对此不做限制。
S95、PC响应于用户对所述解答结果的保存操作，该行咨询信息中的答复状态由未答变更为已答。
在一些实施例中，如图21所示，其中一行咨询信息中的咨询类型为图文咨询，PC响应于用户对与该行咨询信息中对应的第四详情索引项901的点击操作，显示图文咨询详情界面003。图文咨询详情界面003显示问题和答复文本框。在该行咨询信息中的答复状态为未答的情况下，PC响应于用户对答复文本框的操作，呈现与咨询问题匹配的解答结果。这里，用户对答复文本框的操作，可以被理解为：用户在答复文本框中输入解答结果。
在另一些实施例中，其中一行咨询信息中的咨询类型为报告解读，答复文本框包括异常问题汇总文本框和健康建议文本框。
基于此，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S91。
S91、如图22所示，PC响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项901的操作，显示报告解读界面004，报告解读界面004呈现检查报告0041和异常问题汇总文本框0042和健康建议文本框0043。
上述S94包括S941-S942。
S941、PC响应于用户对所述异常问题汇总文本框0042的操作，呈现与检查报告对应的异常问题及对所述异常问题的解读文本。这里，用户对所述异常问题汇总文本框0042的操作可以被理解为：用户在异常问题汇总文本框0042中输入异常问题，或者采用下述的引用异常问题模板(即下述的S9411-S9413)。
S942、PC响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案；所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案和运动方案。这里，用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作可以被理解为：用户在健康建议文本框中输入健康建议，或者采用下述的引用健康建议模板。
在一些示例中，如图22所示，在S91之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S92。
S92、PC显示异常问题模板页签。示例的，如图22所示，报告解读界面004中以文字的形式(例如，异常问题)呈现异常问题模板页签。
在此基础上，上述S941包括S9411-S9413。
S9411、PC响应于用户对所述异常问题模板页签的操作，显示第三分类列表，第三分类列表包括多个问题种类。
S9412、PC响应于用户对所述第三分类列表中的与所述异常问题对应的问题种类的操作，显示与该问题种类对应的异常问题及与所述异常问题对应的一个解读文本模板。例如，异常问题为窦性心律，第三分类列表中包括与窦性心律对应的心电图的问题种类，其对应的解读文本模板为：窦性心律不齐不必太过担心，大部分人体检都有。则PC响应于用户对问题种类中的心电图的点击操作，显示呈现有“窦性心律不齐不必太过担心，大部分人体检都有”字样的解读文本模板。
S9413、PC响应于用户对该解读文本模板的操作(例如，引用)，将所述解读文本模板中的内容以及所述异常问题呈现于所述异常问题汇总文本框中。
这里，解读文本模板的内容是预先存储的。这样，用户在对报告中的异常问题进行汇总时，可以直接引用预先存储的解读文本模板的内容，提高了医生的工作效率。
在另一些示例中，如图22所示，在S91之后，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S93。
S93、PC显示健康建议模板页签。示例的，如图22所示，报告解读界面004中以文字的形式(例如，健康建议)呈现健康建议模板页签。
在此基础上，上述S942包括S9421-S9423。
S9421、PC响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示词条子页签。示例的，如图22所示，报告解读界面004中以文字的形式(例如，词条)呈现词条子页签。这里，词条子页签与创建健康处方界面200中的词条子页签202相同。
S9422、PC响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作(例如，点击文字“词条”)，在显示第一分类列表，所述第一分类列表包括多个一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的至少一个病种；所述多个一级项目包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目。需要说明的是，S9422和 上述的S261相同，也就是说，呈现于报告解读界面004的第一分类列表中的一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的病种均与呈现于创建健康处方界面200的第一分类列表中的一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的病种相同。
S9423、PC响应于用户对所述第一分类列表中的一个一级项目下与所述异常问题对应的病种的操作，显示与该一级项目下的所述病种对应的至少一个词条文本模板。
需要说明的是，并不是每个异常问题都需要医护人员给出健康建议。示例的，若异常问题为窦性心律，则不需要医护人员给健康建议。若异常问题为高血压，则与该异常问题对应的病种为高血压，则PC响应于用户对第一分类列表中的高血压的点击操作，在报告解读界面004中呈现与高血压对应的至少一个词条文本模板。这里，呈现于报告解读界面004的与高血压对应的词条文本模板与呈现于创建健康处方界面200的与高血压对应的词条文本模板相同，均为预先存储在知识库中的模板。
S9424、PC响应于用户对一个词条文本模板的操作，将所述词条文本模板的内容呈现于所述健康建议文本框0043中。这里，用户对一个词条文本模板的操作可以被理解为：点击与该词条文本模板对应的引用按钮(如图22所示)，或将该词条文本模板拖拽至健康建议文本框0043中。
在又一些示例中，如图22所示，上述S942包括S9425-S9428。
S9425、响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示健康处方模板子页签。示例的，如图22所示，报告解读界面004中以文字的形式(例如，模板)呈现健康处方模板子页签。这里，健康处方模板子页签与创建健康处方界面200中的健康处方模板子页签206相同。
S9426、PC响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，显示第二分类列表，所述第二分类列表包括多个病种。
需要说明的是，S9426和上述的S264相同，也就是说，呈现于报告解读界面004的第二分类列表和呈现于创建健康处方界面200的第二分类列表207相同。
S9427、PC响应于用户对所述第二分类列表中的与所述异常问题对应的病种的操作，显示与该病种对应的至少一个医疗方案模板。这里，呈现于报告解读界面004的与一个病种(例如高血压)对应的医疗方案模板与呈现于创建健康处方界面200的与高血压对应的医疗方案模板相 同，均为预先存储在知识库中的模板。
S9528、PC响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板的操作，将所述医疗方案模板中的至少部分内容呈现于所述健康建议文本框中。这里，用户对一个医疗方案模板的操作可以被理解为：点击与该医疗方案模板对应的全部引用按钮(如图22所示)，或，将该医疗方案模板拖拽至健康建议文本框0043中；或点击与该医疗方案模板中药物方案、运动方案、饮食方案或其他方案对应的引用按钮。
示例的，上述呈现于报告解读界面004中的解读文本模板、词条文本模板和医疗方案模板均为非编辑状态。也就是说，用户在报告解读界面004中，仅可引用解读文本模板、词条文本模板和医疗方案模板，不能对其进行修改或删除，也不能增添新的模板。
当然，上述仅为一种示例，也就是说，用户也可以在报告解读界面004中对呈现于报告解读界面004中的解读文本模板、词条文本模板和医疗方案模板进行修改、删除或增添。本公开实施例对此不做限定。
在一些实施例中，上述的异常问题模板页签和健康建议模板页签、以及健康建议模板页签中的词条子页签和健康处方模板子页签也可以不同的形式呈现在其他界面上，例如，以图标的形式呈现于导航条1中。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息的处理方法还包括S3-S6。
S3、如图23所示，PC响应于用户对所述知识库管理页签的操作，显示知识库管理界面005，知识库管理界面005呈现异常问题模板页签和健康建议模板页签。
S4、PC响应于用户对所述异常问题模板页签的操作，显示问题节点设置项及解读文本模板设置项；所述问题节点设置项被配置为指示设置问题种类；所述解读文本模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的解读文本模板，指示编辑所述解读文本模板，和，指示删除所述解读文本模板。
这里，解读文本模板即为上述S9412中呈现于报告解读界面004中的解读文本模板。也就是说，上述S9412中呈现于报告解读界面004中的解读文本模板来自用户在知识库管理界面005中存储的解读文本模板。
S5、PC响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示词条子页签。
S6、PC响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，显示第一节点设置项及词条文本模板设置项；所述第一节点设置项被配置为指示设置健康建 议的项目类型以及与每个项目类型匹配的病种；所述健康建议的项目类型包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目、运动方案项目和其他项目；所述词条文本模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的词条文本模板，指示编辑所述词条文本模板，和，指示删除所述词条文本模板。
这里，词条文本模板即为上述S9422中呈现于报告解读界面004和S262中呈现于创建健康处方界面200中的词条文本模板。也就是说，上述S9422中呈现于报告解读界面004中的词条文本模板和S262中呈现于创建健康处方界面200中的词条文本模板均来自于用户在知识库管理界面005中存储的词条文本模板。
在一些示例中，上述S6包括S601＇-S603。
S601＇-S603＇与上述的S601-S603的区别仅在于，S601-S603中，词条文本模板205呈现于创建健康处方界面200中，而S601＇-S603＇中，词条文本模板呈现于知识库管理界面005中。
这样，用户可以预先存储词条文本模板，在创建健康处方或在解读报告过程中创建健康建议时直接引用。也可以在引用词条文本模板的过程中添加新的词条文本模板、或对预先存储的词条文本模板进行修改或删除，提高了用户的工作效率。
在另一些实施例中，在S4之后，还包括S7和S8。
S7、PC响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示健康处方模板子页签。
S8、如图23所示，PC响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，显示第二节点设置项及健康处方模板设置项；所述第二节点设置项0051被配置为指示设置病种；所述健康处方模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的医疗方案模板，指示编辑所述医疗方案模板，和，指示删除所述医疗方案模板。示例的，健康处方模板设置项包括添加项、编辑项、删除项和保存项。
这里，医疗方案模板即为上述S9427中呈现于报告解读界面004中的医疗方案模板和S265中呈现于创建健康处方界面200中的医疗方案模板。也就是说，上述S9427中呈现于报告解读界面004中的医疗方案模板和S265中呈现于创建健康处方界面200中的医疗方案模板均来自于用户在知识库管理界面005中存储的医疗方案模板。
在一些示例中，上述S8包括S801＇和S804-S805。
S801＇与上述的S801的区别仅在于，S801中的医疗方案模板208 呈现于创建健康处方界面200中，而S801＇中的词条文本模板呈现于知识库管理界面005中。
S804、PC响应于用户对添加项的点击操作，在知识库管理界面005中呈现医疗方案模板输入框；PC响应于对医疗方案模板输入框中添加的内容的保存操作，将该医疗方案模板输入框中的内容添加为新的医疗方案模板。
S805、PC响应于用户对删除项的点击操作，删除一个医疗方案模板。
在一些实施例中，至少一个导航页签11包括统计页签。上述S2包括S2J。
S2J、如图24-图28所示，PC响应于用户对所述统计页签的第一操作(例如，点击导航条1中表示统计页签的一个图标)，显示统计管理界面006，统计界面包括统计类别选项0061；PC响应于用户对统计类别选项0061中的一个统计类别的操作，获取并显示与该统计类别对应的统计信息；所述统计信息为对多个患者及多个患者的疾病的管理信息进行分类统计的信息。这里，获取可以被理解为：PC或服务器根据上述多个患者的管理信息的数据中的数值和字段类型，对上述管理信息的数据进行整合分析。
在一些示例中，如图24所示，统计类别选项0061包括疾病类型统计选项，PC响应于用户对疾病类型统计选项的例如点击操作，获取并显示不同疾病对应的患者数量的统计信息。示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现时间段选项0062，用户可通过时间段选项0062筛选在一段时间内创建病历卡信息的患者中，对应不同疾病的患者数量。
在另一些示例中，如图25所示，统计类别选项0061包括健康处方统计选项，PC响应于用户对健康处方统计选项的例如点击操作，获取并显示已创建的健康处方的数量。示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现时间段选项0062，用户可通过时间段选项0062筛选一段时间内创建的健康处方的数量。另示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现开方医生选择项0063，用户可通过开方医生选择项0063筛选某一个医生或多个医生所创建的健康处方的数量。又示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现病种选项104，用户可通过病种选项104筛选与某一个或多个病种的匹配的健康处方的数量。
在又一些示例中，如图26所示，统计类别选项0061包括随访执行统计选项，PC响应于用户对随访执行统计选项的例如点击操作，获取并 显示不同状态(例如，已执行、过期执行、过期未执行、未执行等)的随访任务的数量。示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现时间段选项0062，用户可通过时间段选项0062筛选一段时间内的不同状态的随访任务的数量。另示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现执行医生选项0064，用户可通过执行医生选项0064筛选执行医生为某一个医生或多个医生的不同状态的随访任务的数量。又示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现病种选项104，用户可通过病种选项104筛选与某一个或多个病种的匹配的不同状态的随访任务的数量。这里，执行医生即为上述的随访人员。
在又一些示例中，如图27所示，统计类别选项0061包括性别年龄分布选项，PC响应于用户对性别年龄分布选项的例如点击操作，获取并显示多个患者的性别分布以及年龄分布结果(例如，性别比例、年龄比例，或者，性别数量、年龄数量)。示例的，统计管理界面006还呈现时间段选项0062，用户可通过时间段选项0062筛选一段时间内创建病历卡的多个患者的性别分布以及年龄分布结果。
在又一些示例中，如图28所示，统计类别选项0061包括用户管理选项，PC响应于用户对用户管理选项的例如点击操作，获取并显示多个患者的不同管理状态的统计结果。管理状态例如为：首次管理、连续管理、未管理。这里，首次管理可以被理解为：自患者创建病历卡信息的日期至统计当日，医护人员为该患者创建过一次健康处方或创建过一次随访任务；连续管理可以被理解为：自患者创建病历卡信息的日期至统计当日，医护人员为该患者连续创建过例如3次健康处方，或连续创建过例如3次随访任务，或连续例如3次为该患者创建健康处方或随访任务；未管理可以被理解为：自患者创建病历卡信息的日期至统计当日，医护人员为对该患者创建过健康处方或随访任务。上述管理状态仅以管理项目为创建健康处方或随访任务为例来说明，当然，管理项目也可以是医护人员为患者解读报告或回答咨询等，本公开实施例对该统计过程中所预设的管理项目不做具体限制，管理项目可以被理解为：自患者创建病历卡信息的日期至统计当日，除病历卡信息外的与其他任何信息的储存有关的项目。
当然，上述实施例中，统计管理界面006还可以呈现其他的筛选项，以对统计信息进行筛选，本公开实施例对此不进行限制。
在一些实施例中，PC显示多个导航页签，多个导航页签包括患者管理页签、健康处方管理页签、随访管理页签、疾病评估页签、智能问答 页签、咨询页签、统计页签、知识库管理页签、新建健康处方页签、新建随访页签、注册建卡页签、健康建议模板页签、异常问题模板页签、词条子页签、健康处方模板子页签以及历史处方子页签。当然，多个导航页签还可以包括其他页签，本公开实施例对此不做限定。
需要说明的是，上述统计类别还可以为其他类别，可根据用户的需求进行设置，本公开实施例对此不做限定。
本公开一些实施例还提供一种医疗信息的获取方法，该方法的执行主体为第二电子设备。第二电子设备例如为手机、平板电脑、手持计算机、笔记本电脑以及个人计算机(personal computer，PC)等任何具有显示器和处理器的产品或者部件，本公开实施例对该第二电子设备的类型不做特殊限制。
以下以执行主体为手机为例，对该医疗信息的获取方法进行介绍。
如图29所示，医疗信息的获取方法包括S001-S003。
S001、如图30所示，手机显示首页界面P1，首页界面P1呈现多个角色选择项A1。多个角色选择项A1包括医护人员和患者。示例的，如图29所示，角色选择项A1以文字的形式显示。又示例的，角色选择项A1以图片或图标的形式显示。当然，角色选择项A1还可以其他形式显示，本公开实施例对此不做限制。
S002、手机响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，并显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同。
示例的，用户选择医护人员，则手机响应于用户对表示医护人员的一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定用户角色为医护人员，并显示与医护人员对应的第一登录信息框。
又示例的，用户选择患者，则手机响应于用户对表示患者的一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定用户角色为患者，并显示与患者对应的第二登录信息框。
这里，用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作可以被理解为：触摸、点击、声音唤醒等，本公开实施例对此不走限制，只要能实现手机响应于该操作，确定用户的角色，并显示与用户角色对应的登录信息框即可。
第一登录信息框和第二登录信息框中呈现的登录信息的类型不同。例如，第一登录信息框中呈现身份证号和密码；第二登录信息框中呈现手机号和验证码。当然，第一登录信息框中呈现的还可以是其他身份信 息，只要该呈现于第一登录信息框中的身份信息与患者在PC端注册时填写的注册信息匹配即可。本公开实施例对此不做限制。
S003、手机响应于登录信息框中输入的用户的登录信息，显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签。
示例的，如图31A所示，手机响应于登录信息框为第一登录信息框，以及第一登录信息框中输入的身份证号和密码，显示与医护人员对应的功能导航界面P2，与医护人员对应的功能导航界面P2包括多个第一功能页签A2。
又示例的，如图31B所示，手机响应于登录信息框为第二登录信息框，以及第二登录信息框中输入的手机号和验证码，显示与患者对应的功能导航界面P3，与患者对应的功能导航界面P3包括多个第二功能页签A3。
需要说明的是，第一功能页签A2和第二功能页签A3可以如图31A或图31B所示的图标的形式显示，也可以其他形式显示。本公开实施例对第一功能页签A2和第二功能页签A3的显示方式不做限制。
第一功能页签A2为多个的情况下，多个第一功能页签A2可以同时显示，也可以不同时显示。同理，第二功能页签A3为多个的情况下，多个第二功能页签A3可以同时显示，也可以不同时显示。本公开实施例对第一功能页签A2和第二功能页签A3的显示顺序不进行特殊限定。
此外，在多个第一功能页签A2不同时显示的情况下，多个第一功能页签A2可以显示于同一个界面上，也可以显示于不同界面上。同理，在多个第二功能页签A3不同时显示的情况下，多个第二功能页签A3可以显示于同一个界面上，也可以显示于不同界面上。本公开实施例对第一功能页签A2和第二功能页签A3的显示位置不进行特殊限定。
与医护人员对应的第一功能页签A2被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息。这里，多个患者的疾病的管理信息与上述医疗信息的处理方法中的多个患者的疾病的管理信息相同，不再赘述。
与患者对应的第二功能页签A3被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。这里，该患者的疾病的管理信息可以被理解为：上述多个患者中其中一个患者的疾病的管理信息。
在一些示例中，第一登录信息框包括身份证号输入框和密码输入框。上述S003还包括S0034-S0035。
S0034、手机向服务器发送用户输入身份证号输入框中的身份证号以 及密码输入框中的密码。
S0035、手机响应于接收到的来自服务器的确定身份证号和密码与注册信息匹配的确认信息，显示与医护人员对应的多个第一功能页签A2。
在另一些示例中，第二登录信息框包括手机号输入框和验证码输入框。上述S003还包括S0031-S0033。
S0031、手机向服务器发送呈现于手机号输入框中的手机号码。
S0032、手机获取来自服务器的验证码。
S0033、手机确定第二登录信息框中用户输入的验证码与来自服务器的验证码是否匹配，响应于确定第二登录信息框中输入的验证码与来自服务器的验证码匹配，显示与患者对应的多个第二功能页签A3。
当然，上述S003还可以通过其他方式实现，本公开实施例对此不做限制。
在一些实施例中，用户的角色为医护人员，第一功能页签A2包括工作日程页签。基于此，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S004-S005。
S004、如图32所示，手机响应于医护人员对工作日程页签的操作，显示日程界面P4，日程界面P4呈现医护人员的多个工作项目索引项A4，所述工作项目索引项A4包括图文咨询索引项、报告解读索引项和随访计划索引项。这里，用户对工作日程页签的操作可以被理解为：医护人员点击工作日程页签或声音唤醒工作日程页签等，本公开实施例对该操作不做特殊限制，只要手机响应于该操作，可显示工作项目索引项A4即可。
S005、如图32和图33所示，手机响应于医护人员对一个工作项目索引项A4的操作，获取并显示来自服务器的与该医护人员的工作项目索引项对应的工作内容。这里，用户对一个工作项目索引项A4的操作，可以被理解为：医护人员点击该工作项目索引项A4或声音唤醒该工作项目索引项A4等，本公开实施例对该操作不做特殊限制。
示例的，手机响应于医护人员对图文咨询索引项的操作(例如，点击图文咨询索引项)，从服务器中获取与该医护人员的图文咨询索引项对应的工作内容列表A5，并在日程界面P4中显示。如图32所示，工作内容列表A5中的每行信息显示该工作内容的概要和与该工作内容对应的患者姓名。例如，图33中工作内容列表A5中的第一行信息，其工作内容的概要为化验结果异常项，患者为谢先生。也就是说，谢先生向该医护人员咨询有关化验结果异常项的问题；则该医护人员的工作内容即为：向谢先生解答有关化验结果异常项的问题。基于此，医护人员还可以通过图文咨询索引项实现完成对与图 文咨询索引项对应的工作内容，即，医护人员解答患者提出的咨询问题。
又示例的，手机响应于医护人员对随访计划索引项的操作(例如，点击随访计划索引项)，从服务器中获取与该医护人员的随访计划索引项对应的工作内容列表A5，并在日程界面P4中显示。如图32所示，例如，工作内容列表A5中的第二行信息，其工作内容的概要为糖尿病患者随访服务记录表，患者为X1。也就是说，该医护人员的工作内容为：为患者X1执行随访内容为糖尿病患者随访服务记录表的随访任务。这里，该随访任务即为上述PC在显示的随访任务列表601中随访人员为该医护人员的随访任务中的一个。
示例的，工作内容列表A5中只显示与一个工作项目索引项A4对应的信息。
又示例的，如图32和图33所示，工作内容列表A5中显示与多个工作项目索引项A4对应的信息。
在一些示例中，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S006。
S006、手机获取来自服务器的在目标工作日的、与该医护人员的所述工作项目索引项A4对应的工作内容的数量，并将该医护人员的所述工作项目索引项对应A4的工作内容的数量显示在该工作项目索引项上。示例的，如图32所示，手机获取来自服务器的在工作日当日的与该医护人员的图文咨询索引项对应的工作内容数量为1，则将该数量1显示于图文咨询索引项上，以使该医护人员清楚自己在工作日当天的有关图文咨询的工作量。
示例的，S006与S004同步执行。当然，S006与S004也可以不同步执行，本公开实施例对此不做限制。
在另一些示例中，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S007-S008。
S007、如图32和图33所示，手机在日程界面P4中还显示工作日选项A6，以方便医护人员查看不同工作日的工作内容。
S008、手机响应于医护人员对工作日选项A6的操作，确定目标工作日。例如，图31所示的目标工作日为工作日当日。图33所示的目标工作日为2020年3月25日。
需要说明的是，在显示与工作内容的数量的情况下，手机默认显示该医护人员在工作日当日的工作内容的数量。这样，可以使医护人员清楚自己在工作日当日的工作内容。
在一些实施例中，用户的角色为医护人员，第一功能页签A2包括统计 查询页签。医疗信息的获取方法还包括S009。
S009、手机响应于医护人员对所述统计查询页签的操作，显示统计界面P5，获取并显示来自服务器的多个患者的随访情况进行统计的信息。这里，如图34所示，多个患者的随访情况统计信息为对每个患者进行至少一次随访后患者的健康状况的统计信息。即，对上述多个患者的如图12所示的高血压患者随访服务记录表中的“此次随访分类”中的控制满意、控制不满意、不良反应或并发症等的统计信息。例如，如图34所示，控制满意的比例为66.67％，控制不满意的比例为33.33％。医护人员通过该统计信息能够了解对患者的疾病的治疗情况，并能够适当的调整治疗方法。
需要说明的是，用户角色为医护人员时，第一功能页签A2还可以包括其他页签，例如图30中的我的患者页签、方案推荐页签、随访执行页签等，医护人员可通过我的患者页签查看与自己相关的患者的信息，通过方案推荐查看服务器中存储的与多个患者对应的上述医疗方案或健康建议。医护人员可通过随访执行页签查看服务器中存储的多个随访任务以及与每个随访任务对应的随访内容，即上述的随访记录表。当然，在随访任务的随访人员为该医护人员的情况下，随访人员也可以通过随访执行页签或上述的随访计划索引项等实现执行随访任务，即，填写随访记录表。本公开实施例对此不做限制。
在一些实施例中，用户的角色为患者，第二功能页签A3包括疾病评估页签。基于此，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S010-S011。
S010、手机响应于患者对所述疾病评估页签的操作，显示第二疾病评估界面P6，第二疾病评估界面P6呈现至少一个疾病评估问题。
S011、如图35所示，手机响应于用户对每个疾病评估问题的解答，获取来自服务器的对该患者的疾病评估结果，并显示于评估结果界面P7。
这里，疾病评估问题为预先存储在服务器中的与每种疾病匹配的问题。根据患者的回答，服务器会自动匹配一个疾病评估问题，继续向患者提问，直至可以对该患者的疾病生成评估结果。
在一些示例中，如图35所示，手机响应于患者对所述疾病评估页签的操作，在第二疾病评估界面P6中首先显示“请问您是为本人评估吗？”的第一个问题，手机响应于患者对该第一个问题的回答，自动显示出第二个问题“请问被测人的性别是？”，手机响应于患者对该第二个问题的回答，自动显示出第三个问题，依次类推，最终根据问题和回答，自动生成评估结果并显示在手机上(如图36所示)，所示以使患者对自己 的疾病有所了解。
示例的，疾病评估问题可以与上述第一疾病评估界面800上呈现的疾病评估信息文本框中的选项一致。
在一些实施例中，用户的角色为患者，第二功能页签A3包括智能问答页签。基于此，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S012-S013。
S012、如图37所示，手机响应于患者对智能问答页签的操作，显示FAQ智能问答界面P8；FAQ智能问答界面P8呈现问题搜索框。
S013、手机响应于患者对输入所述问题搜索框中的问题的查询操作，获取并显示来自服务器的与该问题相关联的一个或多个解答方案。这里，解答方案可以是服务器根据预存的知识库自动匹配得到。
在一些实施例中，用户的角色为患者，第二功能页签A3包括咨询页签。基于此，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S014-S016。
S014、如图38所示，手机响应于患者对所述咨询页签的操作，显示咨询界面P9，咨询界面P9呈现基本信息文本框和病情描述文本框。基本信息文本框被配置为呈现患者的基本信息，例如姓名、年龄、职业等信息。病情描述文本框被配置为呈现患者的病情信息，即，患者需要咨询的问题信息。
S015、手机响应于患者对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器。
S016、如图39所示，手机获取并在问题详情界面P10上显示来自服务器的与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果。
示例的，手机将该咨询问题传输至服务器，服务器将该咨询问题传输至PC，以使医护人员看到该咨询问题，并对该咨询问题进行解答。PC将医护人员对该咨询问题的解答结果传输至服务器，服务器又将该解答结果传输回与该患者对应的手机界面上，以使患者能够查看该解答结果。
如图39所示，问题详情界面P10呈现追问项，手机响应于患者对追问项的操作，显示问题输入框；并响应于对输入问题输入框中的内容的提交操作，将该内容传输至服务器。这样，实现了患者根据对医护人员的解答结果，继续向医护人员咨询相关问题。
需要说明的是，上述咨询界面P9的基本信息文本框和病情描述文本框中呈现的内容即为上述PC的咨询管理界面002中咨询列表中的咨询信息。
在一些示例中，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S017-S018。
S017、如图38所示，手机在咨询界面P9上还显示添加附件项。
S018、手机响应于患者对所述添加附件项的操作，添加至少一个附件，例如体检报告或检验单等。
基于此，上述S015包括S0151。
S0151、手机响应于患者对输入所述基本信息文本框的患者的信息、输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题以及所述至少一个附件的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息、所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题以及所述至少一个附件传输至服务器。这样，可使医护人员看到例如体检报告或检验单等，更直观的了解患者的健康状况。
在一些示例中，医疗信息的获取方法还包括S019-S020。
S019、如图38所示，手机在咨询界面P9上还显示医生选择器。
S020、手机响应于患者对所述医生选择器的操作，确定被咨询的医生。
基于此，上述S015包括S0152。
S0152、手机响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题、以及与所述咨询问题对应的所述被咨询的医生传输至服务器。
这样，可使患者根据自己的病情选择合适的医生，提升了患者的就诊体验感，也提高了医生的工作效率。例如，患者的咨询问题有关消化，则可以选择擅长消化类疾病的医生。
在一些实施例中，所述多个角色选择项A1还包括管理人员，所述至少一个功能页签包括统计查询页签。基于此，所述方法还包括S021。
S021、手机响应于用户对所述统计查询页签的操作，显示查询项；所述查询项被配置为指示查询分类统计结果，所述分类统计结果根据存储于服务器中的与患者、医生有关的数据分类统计得到。
这里，管理人员的登录方法与上述医护人员的登录方法相同。
在一些示例中，分类统计结果与上述PC端的统计管理界面006上显示的统计结果(例如图24-图28)相同。
本公开一些实施例还提供一种医疗信息的交互方法，包括S1001-S1004。
S1001、医疗信息处理设备显示至少一个导航页签11，响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签11，并显示与所述目标导航页签11匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息。
S1002、医疗信息处理设备将所述患者的疾病的管理信息传输至服务器。
S1003、医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的所述患者的疾病的管理信息。
S1004、医疗信息获取设备显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；并响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的第一功能页签A2被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的第二功能页签A3被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
示例的，患者的疾病的管理信息包括患者的病历卡信息，则医疗信息处理设备将每个患者的病历卡信息传输至服务器，医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的每个患者的病历卡信息，在医疗信息获取设备的用户为医护人员的情况下，医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的与该医护人员有关的多个患者的病历卡信息，并显示在用户为该医护人员的医疗信息获取设备的界面中。
又示例的，患者的疾病的管理信息包括患者的咨询信息，患者的咨询信息包括患者的基本信息和咨询问题和解答结果，则医疗信息处理设备响应于医护人员对与该咨询信息对应的解答结果的提交操作，将该解答结果传输至服务器，在医疗信息获取设备的用户为患者的情况下，医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的与该患者对应的咨询信息中的解答结果，并将该解答结果显示在用户为该患者的医疗信息获取设备的界面中。
本公开实施例的医疗信息的交互方法医疗信息在不同终端设备中的交互，以使医疗信息根据每个终端设备的用户的需求进行处理并显示，提高了医护人员的工作效率，也解决了患者就诊难的问题。
在一些实施例中，医疗信息的交互方法还包括S1005-S1008。
S1005、医疗信息获取设备响应于所述登录信息框中输入的患者的登录信息，显示与患者对应的咨询页签，咨询页签被配置为指示患者提交咨询问题。
S1006、医疗信息获取设备将所述咨询问题传输至服务器。
S1007、医疗信息处理设备获取并显示来自服务器的所述咨询问题。
S1008、医疗信息处理设备响应于对与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果的提交操作，将所述解答结果传输至服务器。
本公开一些实施例提供一种医疗信息处理设备，如图40所示，该医 疗信息处理设备E1包括：第一显示器E1-1和第一处理器E1-2。第一处理器E1-2与所述第一显示器E1-1相耦接。第一处理器E1-2被配置为：控制所述第一显示器E1-1显示至少一个导航页签11；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签11，并控制所述第一显示器E1-1显示与所述目标导航页签11匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；所述目标导航页签11为所述至少一个导航页签11中的一个。
在一些示例中，如图40所示，该医疗信息处理设备E1还包括第一输入装置E1-3。第一输入装置E1-3与所述第一处理器E1-2相耦接，第一输入装置E1-3被配置为输入所述用户的第一操作。
本公开一些实施例提供一种医疗信息获取设备，如图41所示，该医疗信息获取设备E2包括：第二显示器E2-1和第二处理器E2-2。第二处理器E2-2被配置为：控制所述第二显示器E2-1显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，并控制所述第二显示器E2-1显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，控制所述第二显示器E2-1显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
在一些示例中，如图41所示，医疗信息获取设备E2还包括与所述第二处理器E2-2相耦接的第二输入装置E2-3。第二输入装置E2-3被配置为：输入用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，输入所述用户的登录信息。
本公开的一些实施例提供一种计算机设备，包括存储器、处理器；所述存储器上存储有可在处理器上运行的计算机程序指令，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序指令时实现如上所述的医疗信息的处理方法、医疗信息的获取方法或医疗信息的交互方法。该计算机设备可以是上述的医疗信息处理设备或医疗信息获取设备。
本公开的一些实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质(例如，非暂态计算机可读存储介质)，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序指令，计算机程序指令在处理器上运行时，使处理器执行如上述实施例中任一实施例所述的医疗信息的处理方法中的一个或多个步骤，执行如上 述实施例中任一实施例所述的医疗信息的获取方法中的一个或多个步骤，或，执行如上述实施例中任一实施例所述的医疗信息的交互方法。
示例性的，上述计算机可读存储介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，CD(Compact Disk，压缩盘)、DVD(Digital Versatile Disk，数字通用盘)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，EPROM(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，可擦写可编程只读存储器)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。本公开描述的各种计算机可读存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读存储介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
以上所述，仅为本公开的具体实施方式，但本公开的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本公开揭露的技术范围内，想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本公开的保护范围之内。因此，本公开的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (70)

  1. 一种医疗信息的处理方法，包括：
    显示至少一个导航页签；
    响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；所述目标导航页签为所述至少一个导航页签中的一个。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个导航页签包括患者管理页签；
    响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述患者管理页签的所述第一操作，至少显示患者列表，所述患者列表包括至少一个患者中每个患者的就诊信息和与每个患者对应的至少一个医疗操作索引项；所述至少一个医疗操作索引项包括对所述患者的疾病的治疗方法进行创建的索引项。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个医疗操作索引项包括创建健康处方索引项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对目标患者对应的所述创建健康处方索引项的操作，至少显示健康处方文本框，所述健康处方文本框为空白框；
    响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案；所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示词条子页签；其中，
    所述响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，包括：
    响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，呈现第一分类列表，所述第一分类列表包括多个一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的至少一个病种；所述多个一级项目包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目；
    响应于用户对所述第一分类列表中的一个一级项目下与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种的操作，呈现与该一级项目下的所述病种对应的至少一个词条文本模板；
    响应于用户对一个词条文本模板的操作，将所述词条文本模板的内容呈现于所述健康处方文本框中。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示至少一个词条模板设置项；至少一个词条模板设置项包括添加项、编辑项和删除项中的至少一个；所述添加项被配置为指示添加新的词条文本模板；所述编辑项被配置为指示对至少一个词条文本模板进行编辑；所述删除项被配置为指示删除至少一个词条文本模板。
  6. 根据权利要求3-5任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示健康处方模板子页签；其中，
    所述响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，包括：
    响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，呈现第二分类列表，所述第二分类列表包括至少一个病种；
    响应于用户对所述第二分类列表中的与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种的操作，还呈现与该病种对应的至少一个医疗方案模板；
    响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板的操作，将所述医疗方案模板中的至少部分内容呈现于所述健康处方文本框中。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示健康处方模板设置项，所述健康处方模板设置项被配置为指示对至少一个医疗方案模板进行编辑，并将编辑后的医疗方案模板的内容添加为新的医疗方案模板，或者，将编辑前的医疗方案模板的内容更新为编辑后的医疗方案模板的内容。
  8. 根据权利要求3-7任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示历史处方子页签；其中，
    所述响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案，包括：
    响应于用户对所述历史处方子页签的操作，呈现与所述目标患者的疾病相关联的历史处方列表；
    响应于用户对所述历史处方列表的操作，呈现所述历史处方列表中的一个历史处方的内容；
    响应于用户对所述历史处方的操作，将所述历史处方的内容呈现于所述健康处方文本框中。
  9. 根据权利要求3-8任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    还显示存为模板项，所述存为模板项被配置将呈现于所述健康处方文本框中的医疗方案保存为新的医疗方案模板。
  10. 根据权利要求2-9任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个医疗操作索引项包括创建随访索引项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对目标患者对应的所述创建随访索引项的操作以及用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务；所述随访任务包括与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与所述随访内容对应的随访时间。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述随访内容为随访记录表；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于打开量表制作工具界面的操作，显示所述量表制作工具界面；所述量表制作工具界面包括字段展示区和编辑区；所述字段展示区包括多个字段，所述编辑区用于制作随访记录表；其中，待制作的随访记录表包括多个目标元素，每个目标元素由一个字段生成；
    响应于制作随访记录表的操作，在所述编辑区制作随访记录表。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，响应于制作随访记录表的操作，在所述编辑区制作随访记录表，包括：
    响应于用户在所述量表制作工具界面的字段选取操作，在所述编辑区显示所选取的字段；
    重复响应所述字段选取操作，直至所述随访记录表所需要的多个目标元素对应的字段均被显示在所述编辑区，生成随访记录表。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述多个字段包括至少一个基础字段，所述基础字段包括至少一个待编辑的属性；
    在所述字段选取操作所选取的字段为基础字段的情况下，在所述编辑区显示所选取的字段之后，所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述字段选取操作，在所述编辑区显示所述基础字段的属性菜单；所述属性菜单包括至少一个属性编辑框；
    响应于用户在至少一个属性编辑框输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个所述属性编辑框显示所编辑的属性，生成目标元素。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述属性菜单还包括保存为常用字段按钮；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户的选定所述保存为常用字段按钮的操作，将所述所生成的目标元素作为常用字段显示在所述字段展示区。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述多个字段包括至少两个基础字段，所述至少两个基础字段包括第一基础字段和第二基础字段，所述第一基础字段被配置为生成第一目标元素，所述第二基础字段被配置为生成第二目标元素，所述第一目标元素与所述第二目标元素之间存在对应关系；所述第一基础字段的至少一个属性编辑框包括数据源属性编辑框；
    所述响应于用户在至少一个属性编辑框输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个所述属性编辑框显示所编辑的属性，包括：
    响应于所述基础字段属性编辑操作，在所述第一基础字段的所述数据源属性编辑框内显示表征所述对应关系的数据源属性；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于打开执行随访任务的操作指令，显示随访任务执行界面；所述随访任务执行界面包括针对目标患者创建的随访任务所包括的随访记录表，所述随访记录表包括所述第一目标元素和所述第二目标元素，所述第一目标元素和所述第二目标元素均具有编辑框；
    接收在所述第二目标元素的编辑框输入的第十三操作，所述第十三操作用于在；
    响应于用户在所述第二目标元素的编辑框中输入目标内容的操作，在所述第二目标元素的编辑框中显示所述目标内容，并且在所述第一目标元素的编辑框中自动显示依据所述数据源属性所表征的对应关系得到的内容。
  16. 根据权利要求13或14所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述多个字段包括第三基础字段，所述第三基础字段被配置为生成第三目标元素，所述第三基础字段的至少一个属性编辑框包括数据源属性编辑框；
    所述响应于用户在至少一个属性编辑框输入的基础字段属性编辑操作，在每个所述属性编辑框显示所编辑的属性，包括：
    响应于所述基础字段属性编辑操作，在所述第三基础字段的所述数据源属性编辑框内显示与后台数据库链接的数据源属性；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于执行随访任务的操作指令，显示随访任务执行界面；所述随访任务执行界面包括针对目标患者创建的随访任务所包括的随访记录表，所述随访记录表包括所述第三目标元素，所述第三目标元素具有编辑框；
    响应于用户选中所述第三目标元素的编辑框的操作，在所述第三目标元素的编辑框中自动显示所述第三目标元素的数据源属性所链接的后台数据库 中的内容。
  17. 根据权利要求11或13所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述多个字段包括至少一个常用字段，所述常用字段包括至少一个已编辑的属性；
    在所述字段选取操作所选取的字段为常用字段的情况下，在所述编辑区显示所选取的字段之后，所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户的所述字段选取操作，将显示在所述编辑区的常用字段作为目标元素。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述多个字段包括多个常用字段，所述多个常用字段包括至少一个公用常用字段和至少一个私用常用字段；
    其中，所述公用常用字段能够作为至少两种待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素，所述私用常用字段能够作为一种待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素。
  19. 根据权利要求11-18任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述量表制作工具界面还包括表单区和提交栏；所述表单区被配置为显示已生成的随访记录表的名称，所述提交栏包括生成表单按钮；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户选中所述生成表单按钮的操作，在所述表单区显示保存的随访记录表的名称。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述提交栏还包括预览按钮；
    在所述响应于用户选中所述生成表单按钮的操作，在所述表单区显示保存的随访记录表的名称之前，所述方法还包括：
    响应于选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的表单展示在所述编辑区。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，选中所述预览按钮的操作还被配置为选择表单的预览效果，所述预览效果包括纸张效果和在终端的屏幕上显示的效果；
    所述响应于用户选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的表单展示在所述编辑区包括：
    响应于所述选中所述预览按钮的操作，将所生成的随访记录表以所述纸张纸效果展示在所述编辑区，或者以所述在移动终端的屏幕上显示的效果展示在所述编辑区。
  22. 根据权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法，其中，所述表单区包括列表子区和操作子区；所述列表子区包括至少一个已保存的随访记录表的名称， 所述已保存的表单包括多个已设置的元素；所述操作子区包括至少一个导入引用选项，每个所述已保存的表单对应一个所述导入引用选项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于选中一个所述导入引用选项的操作，在所述编辑区展示所选取的导入引用选项对应的已保存的随访记录表，将该随访记录表作为基础表单；
    响应于用户的修改操作，设置被修改的至少一个已设置的元素，生成所述目标元素；所述修改操作被配置为修改所述基础表单中的多个已设置的元素中的至少一个已设置的元素；其中，所述至少一个已设置的元素与所述待制作的随访记录表中的目标元素不一致；
    重复响应所述修改操作，直至所述基础表单中的多个已设置的元素与所述待制作的随访记录表中的多个目标元素一致，生成新的随访记录表。
  23. [根据细则26改正09.12.2020]
    根据权利要求10所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示至少一个随访任务模板；其中，
    所述响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务，包括：
    响应于用户对一个随访任务模板的操作，将该随访任务模板确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    创建随访模板；所述随访模板包括所述至少一个随访任务模板。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述创建随访模板，包括：
    显示随访模板界面；所述随访模板界面包括模板选择框，所述模板选择框包括多个疾病选项；
    响应于创建随访模板的操作，显示疾病选项菜单；
    响应于用户对一个疾病选项的选择操作，确认目标疾病，并创建与所述目标疾病匹配的随访模板；所述随访模板包括多个随访记录表和对应每个随访记录表的时间间隔；所述多个随访记录表中的每个随访记录表为与所述目标疾病对应的随访记录表，所述时间间隔为，针对所述目标疾病所设定的随访的日期与创建随访任务的日期之间的时间间隔。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述随访模板界面还包括模板内容栏，所述模板内容栏包括新建按钮，所述模板内容栏被配置为显示已创建的随访模板；
    所述创建与所述目标疾病匹配的随访模板，包括：
    响应于选中所述新建按钮的操作，在所述随访模板界面显示随访模板创 建对话框；所述随访模板创建对话框包括随访记录表编辑框和时间间隔编辑框，以及确定按钮和取消按钮，所述随访记录表编辑框具有与所述目标疾病相关的至少一个表单选项，每个所述表单选项对应一个预设的随访记录表；
    响应于用户选择一个表单选项的操作，在所述随访记录表编辑框内显示所选择的表单选项对应的随访记录表的名称；
    响应于用户输入时间间隔的操作，在所述时间间隔编辑框中显示设定的时间间隔；
    响应于用户选中所述确定按钮的操作，在所述模板内容栏显示所述随访模板。
  27. [根据细则26改正09.12.2020]
    根据权利要求10所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示至少一个预设时间选项和与每个预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器；其中，
    所述响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务，包括：
    响应于用户对一个预设时间选项的选择、以及与该预设时间选项对应的随访内容选择器的选择，将选择的所述随访内容选择器中的随访内容以及所述预设时间选项中的随访时间确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
  28. [根据细则26改正09.12.2020]
    根据权利要求10所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示时间选择器以及与所述时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器；
    所述响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述病种匹配的随访任务，包括：
    响应于用户对所述时间选择器以及与所述时间选择器对应的随访内容选择器的选择，将选择的所述随访内容选择器中的随访内容以及所述时间选择器中的随访时间确定为与所述病种匹配的所述随访任务。
  29. 根据权利要求10-28任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示病种选择器；
    响应于用户对所述病种选择器的操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种。
  30. 根据权利要求10-29任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示随访人员选择器；
    响应于用户对所述随访人员选择器的操作，对所述随访任务关联随访人员。
  31. 根据权利要求2--30任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示注册建卡索引项；
    响应于用户对所述注册建卡索引项的操作，至少显示基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框；所述基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的 基本信息，所述确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息；
    响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的部分信息作为就诊信息添加到所述患者列表中。
  32. 根据权利要求1所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个导航页签包括健康处方管理页签；
    响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述健康处方管理页签的所述第一操作，显示健康处方列表，所述健康处方列表包括至少一行处方信息，每行处方信息包括患者的就诊信息以及至少一个第一医疗信息操作项；所述至少一个第一医疗信息操作项包括第二详情索引项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述第二详情索引项的操作，显示健康处方文本框，所述健康处方文本框中呈现该行处方信息对应的医疗方案，所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，每行处方信息还包括状态信息，所述状态信息包括有效、停用或作废中的一者；
    在一行处方信息中的所述状态信息为有效的情况下，该行处方信息中的所述至少一个第一医疗信息操作项还包括停用项和作废项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述停用项或所述作废项的操作，使该行处方信息中的状态信息由有效变更为停用或作废，并隐藏所述停用项和所述作废项。
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示新建健康处方索引项；
    响应于用户对所述新建健康处方索引项的操作，显示患者搜索框和健康处方文本框，所述健康处方文本框为空白框；
    响应于对输入所述患者搜索框中的信息的查询操作，确定目标患者，并显示目标患者的就诊信息；
    响应于用户的第二操作，在所述健康处方文本框中呈现与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的医疗方案；
    响应于用户对所述医疗方案的保存操作，将所述目标患者的就诊信息作为一行新的处方信息中的部分信息添加到所述健康处方列表中，并将所述目 标患者的医疗方案关联到该行新的处方信息中的第二详情索引项中。
  35. 根据权利要求32-34任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示注册建卡索引项；
    响应于用户对所述注册建卡索引项的操作，显示基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框；所述基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的基本信息，所述确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息；
    响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的部分信息作为就诊信息添加到所述患者列表中。
  36. 根据权利要求1所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个导航页签包括随访管理页签；
    响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述随访管理页签的所述第一操作，显示随访任务列表，所述随访任务列表包括至少一行随访信息，每行随访信息包括患者的就诊信息、随访时间、随访内容以及至少一个第二医疗信息操作项。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，每行随访信息还包括随访状态，所述随访状态包括未随访或已完成中的一者；
    在一行随访信息中的所述随访状态为未随访的情况下，该行随访信息中的所述至少一个第二医疗信息操作项还包括随访执行索引项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述随访执行索引项的操作，显示与所述随访内容对应的随访记录表；
    响应于对输入所述随访记录表中的内容的保存操作，使该行随访信息中的随访状态由未随访变更为已完成，且使所述随访执行索引项变更为第三详情索引项。
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个第二医疗信息操作项还包括随访对比索引项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述随访对比索引项的操作，获取并显示与该行随访信息中的患者对应的至少两次相同疾病匹配的随访内容的对比结果。
  39. 根据权利要求36-38任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个第二医疗信息操作项还包括创建随访索引项；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述创建随访索引项的操作以及用户的第三操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病对应的病种匹配的新的随访任务；所述新的随访任务包括与该患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与所述随访内容对应的随访时间；
    响应于用户对所述新的随访任务的保存操作，将所述新的随访任务添加到所述随访任务列表中。
  40. 根据权利要求36-39任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示新建随访索引项；
    响应于用户对所述新建随访索引项的操作，显示患者搜索框和病种选择器；
    响应于对输入所述患者搜索框中的信息的查询操作，确定目标患者，并显示目标患者的就诊信息；
    响应于用户的第三操作，确定与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的新的随访任务；所述新的随访任务包括与所述目标患者的疾病匹配的随访内容和与所述随访内容对应的随访时间；
    响应于用户对所述新的随访任务的保存操作，将所述目标患者的就诊信息以及所述新的随访任务添加到所述随访任务列表中。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示注册建卡索引项；
    响应于用户对所述注册建卡索引项的操作，显示基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框；所述基本信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的基本信息，所述确诊信息空白文本框被配置为呈现新患者的确诊信息；
    响应于用户对呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的保存操作，将呈现于基本信息空白文本框和确诊信息空白文本框中信息的部分信息作为就诊信息添加到所述患者列表中。
  42. 根据权利要求1所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示登录信息框；
    响应于对输入所述登录信息框中的登录信息的登录操作，显示所述用户在工作日当天的工作内容及数量。
  43. 根据权利要求1-42任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个导航页签包括疾病评估页签；
    所述响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述疾病评估页签的操作，显示疾病评估信息文本框；
    响应于对输入所述疾病评估信息文本框中的信息的保存操作，显示与所述疾病评估信息对应的疾病评估报告。
  44. 根据权利要求1-43任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个导航页签包括智能问答页签；
    所述响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述智能问答页签的操作，显示问题搜索框；
    响应于对输入所述问题搜索框中的问题的查询操作，显示与所述问题相关联的至少一个解答方案。
  45. 根据权利要求1-44中任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述至少一个导航页签还包括咨询页签；
    所述响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述咨询页签的操作，显示咨询列表，所述咨询列表包括至少一行来自服务器的咨询信息，每行咨询信息包括患者的就诊信息、问题概要、咨询类型以及第四详情索引项；
    响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项的操作，至少显示与该行咨询信息对应的咨询问题。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，每行咨询信息还包括答复状态，所述答复状态包括已答或未答中的一者；
    在一行咨询信息中的所述答复状态为未答的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项的操作，还显示与该行咨询信息中的咨询类型匹配的答复文本框；
    响应于用户对所述答复文本框的操作，呈现与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果；
    响应于用户对所述解答结果的保存操作，该行咨询信息中的答复状态由未答变更为已答。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的医疗信息的处理方法，其中，所述咨询类型包括报告解读；所述答复文本框包括异常问题汇总文本框和健康建议文本框；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于用户对所述第四详情索引项的操作，还显示至少一份检查报告；其中，
    所述响应于用户对所述答复文本框的操作，呈现与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果，包括：
    响应于用户对所述异常问题汇总文本框的操作，呈现与所述至少一份检查报告对应的异常问题及对所述异常问题的解读文本；
    响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案；所述医疗方案包括药物方案、饮食方案或运动方案中的至少一种。
  48. [根据细则26改正09.12.2020]
    根据权利要求47所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示异常问题模板页签；其中，
    响应于用户对所述异常问题汇总文本框的操作，呈现与所述至少一份检查报告对应的异常问题及对所述异常问题的解读文本，包括：
    响应于用户对所述异常问题模板页签的操作，显示第三分类列表，所述第三分类列表包括至少一个问题种类；
    响应于用户对所述第三分类列表中的与所述异常问题对应的问题种类的操作，显示与该问题种类对应的异常问题及与所述异常问题对应的至少一个解读文本模板；
    响应于用户对一个解读文本模板的操作，将所述解读文本模板中的内容以及所述异常问题呈现于所述异常问题汇总文本框中。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示健康建议模板页签；其中，
    响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案，包括：
    响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示词条子页签；
    响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，显示第一分类列表，所述第一分类列表包括多个一级项目和包括在每个一级项目下的至少一个病种；所述多个一级项目包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目；
    响应于用户对所述第一分类列表中的一个一级项目下与所述异常问题对应的病种的操作，显示与该一级项目下的所述病种对应的至少一个词条文本模板；
    响应于用户对一个词条文本模板的操作，将所述词条文本模板的内容呈现于所述健康建议文本框中；
    和/或，
    响应于用户对所述健康建议文本框的操作，呈现与所述异常问题匹配的医疗方案，包括：
    响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示健康处方模板子页签；
    响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，显示第二分类列表，所述第二分类列表包括至少一个病种；
    响应于用户对所述第二分类列表中的与所述异常问题对应的病种的操作，显示与该病种对应的至少一个医疗方案模板；
    响应于用户对一个医疗方案模板的操作，将所述医疗方案模板中的至少部分内容呈现于所述健康建议文本框中。
  50. 根据权利要求1-49任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，所述至少一个导航页签包括统计页签；
    响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息，包括：
    响应于用户对所述统计页签的操作，显示统计信息；所述统计信息为对所述患者及所述患者的疾病的管理信息进行分类统计的信息。
  51. 根据权利要求1所述的医疗信息的处理方法，还包括：
    显示知识库管理页签；
    响应于用户对所述知识库管理页签的操作，显示异常问题模板页签和健康建议模板页签；
    响应于用户对所述异常问题模板页签的操作，显示问题节点设置项及解读文本模板设置项；所述问题节点设置项被配置为指示设置问题种类；所述解读文本模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的解读文本模板，指示编辑所述解读文本模板，和/或，指示删除所述解读文本模板；
    响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示词条子页签；
    响应于用户对所述词条子页签的操作，显示第一节点设置项及词条文本模板设置项；所述第一节点设置项被配置为指示设置健康建议的项目类型以及与每个项目类型匹配的病种；所述健康建议的项目类型包括药物方案项目、饮食方案项目和运动方案项目；所述词条文本模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的词条文本模板，指示编辑所述词条文本模板，和/或，指示删除所述词条文本模板；
    和/或，
    响应于用户对所述健康建议模板页签的操作，显示健康处方模板子页签；
    响应于用户对所述健康处方模板子页签的操作，显示第二节点设置项及健康处方模板设置项；所述第二节点设置项被配置为指示设置病种；所述健康处方模板设置项被配置为：指示添加新的医疗方案模板，指示编辑所述医 疗方案模板，和/或，指示删除所述医疗方案模板。
  52. 一种医疗信息的获取方法，包括：
    显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；
    响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，并显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；
    响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中，所述用户的角色为医护人员，所述至少一个功能页签包括工作日程页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述工作日程页签的操作，显示所述用户的至少一个工作项目索引项，所述工作项目索引项包括问题咨询索引项、报告解读索引项和随访计划索引项中的至少一个；
    响应于用户对一个工作项目索引项的操作，获取并显示来自服务器的与所述用户的所述工作项目索引项对应的工作内容。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的医疗信息的获取方法，还包括：
    获取来自服务器的在目标工作日的、与所述用户的所述工作项目索引项对应的工作内容的数量，并将所述用户的所述工作项目索引项对应的工作内容的数量显示在所述工作项目索引项上。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的医疗信息的获取方法，还包括：
    显示工作日选项；
    响应于用户对所述工作日选项的操作，确定所述目标工作日。
  56. 根据权利要求53-55任一项所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中，所述至少一个功能页签还包括统计查询页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述统计查询页签的操作，至少获取并显示来自服务器的多个患者的随访情况统计信息，所述多个患者的随访情况统计信息为对患者进行至少一次随访后患者的健康状况进行统计的信息。
  57. 根据权利要求52所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括疾病评估页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述疾病评估页签的操作，显示至少一个疾病评估问题；
    响应于用户对每个疾病评估问题的解答，获取并显示来自服务器的对所述用户的疾病评估结果。
  58. 根据权利要求52或57所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括智能问答页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述智能问答页签的操作，显示问题搜索框；
    响应于用户对输入所述问题搜索框中的问题的查询操作，获取并显示来自服务器的与所述问题相关联的至少一个解答方案。
  59. 根据权利要求52或57-58任一项所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括咨询页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述咨询页签的操作，显示基本信息文本框和病情描述文本框；
    响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器；
    获取并显示来自服务器的与所述咨询问题匹配的解答结果。
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的医疗信息的获取方法，还包括：
    显示添加附件项；
    响应于用户对所述添加附件项的操作，添加至少一个附件；其中，
    响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器，包括：
    响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息、输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题以及所述至少一个附件的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息、所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题以及所述至少一个附件传输至服务器。
  61. 根据权利要求59或60所述的医疗信息的获取方法，还包括：
    显示医生选择器；
    响应于用户对所述医生选择器的操作，确定被咨询的医生；其中，
    响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息 和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题传输至服务器，包括：
    响应于用户对输入所述基本信息文本框的所述患者的信息和输入所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题的提交操作，将所述基本信息文本框的所述信息和所述病情描述文本框中的咨询问题、以及与所述咨询问题对应的所述被咨询的医生传输至服务器。
  62. 根据权利要求52或57-61任一项所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中，所述用户的角色为患者，所述至少一个功能页签包括健康数据统计页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述健康数据统计页签的操作，获取并显示来自服务器的所述患者的疾病的管理信息的分类统计结果。
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的医疗信息的获取方法，其中所述多个角色选择项还包括管理人员，所述至少一个功能页签包括统计查询页签；
    所述方法，还包括：
    响应于用户对所述统计查询页签的操作，显示查询项；所述查询项被配置为指示查询分类统计结果，所述分类统计结果根据存储于服务器中的与患者、医生有关的数据分类统计得到。
  64. 一种医疗信息的交互方法，包括：
    医疗信息处理设备显示至少一个导航页签，响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信息；
    医疗信息处理设备将所述患者的疾病的管理信息传输至服务器；
    医疗信息获取设备获取来自服务器的所述患者的疾病的管理信息；
    医疗信息获取设备显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；并响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
  65. 一种医疗信息处理设备，包括：
    第一显示器；
    第一处理器，与所述第一显示器相耦接，被配置为：控制所述第一显示器显示至少一个导航页签；响应于用户的第一操作，确定目标导航页签，并控制所述第一显示器显示与所述目标导航页签匹配的患者的疾病的管理信 息；所述目标导航页签为所述至少一个导航页签中的一个。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的医疗信息处理设备，还包括：
    第一输入装置，与所述第一处理器相耦接，被配置为输入所述用户的第一操作。
  67. 一种医疗信息获取设备，包括：
    第二显示器；
    第二处理器，与所述第二显示器相耦接，被配置为：控制所述第二显示器显示多个角色选择项；所述多个角色选择项包括医护人员和患者；响应于用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，确定所述用户的角色，并控制所述第二显示器显示与所述用户的角色对应的登录信息框；不同角色对应的登录信息框不同；响应于所述登录信息框中输入的所述用户的登录信息，控制所述第二显示器显示与所述用户的角色对应的至少一个功能页签；与所述医护人员对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示多个患者的疾病的管理信息，与所述患者对应的至少一个功能页签被配置为指示显示该患者的疾病的管理信息。
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的医疗信息获取设备，还包括：
    第二输入装置，与所述第二处理器相耦接，被配置为：输入用户对一个角色选择项的选择操作，输入所述用户的登录信息。
  69. 一种计算机设备，包括存储器、处理器；所述存储器上存储有可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现如权利要求1-51任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法，如权利要求52-63任一项所述的医疗信息的获取方法，和/或，如权利要求64所述的医疗信息的交互方法。
  70. 一种非暂态计算机可读存储介质，其存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序在处理器上运行时，使处理器执行如权利要求1-51任一项所述的医疗信息的处理方法中的一个或多个步骤，如权利要求52-63任一项所述的医疗信息的获取方法中的一个或多个步骤，和/或，如权利要求64所述的医疗信息的交互方法中的一个或多个步骤。
PCT/CN2020/131561 2019-11-25 2020-11-25 医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法 WO2021104324A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022504298A JP2023503392A (ja) 2019-11-25 2020-11-25 医療情報の処理方法、取得方法及び対話方法
EP20892087.6A EP4068292A4 (en) 2019-11-25 2020-11-25 MEDICAL INFORMATION PROCESSING METHODS, MEDICAL INFORMATION COLLECTION METHODS AND MEDICAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE METHODS
US17/439,634 US20220157410A1 (en) 2019-11-25 2020-11-25 Medical information processing method and medical information acquisition method

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911169008 2019-11-25
CN201911169008.X 2019-11-25
CN202011063268.1 2020-09-30
CN202011063268.1A CN114330264A (zh) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 应用于健康管理系统的随访表单管理方法、健康管理系统
CN202011331863.9A CN112836107A (zh) 2019-11-25 2020-11-24 医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法
CN202011331863.9 2020-11-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021104324A1 true WO2021104324A1 (zh) 2021-06-03

Family

ID=76129995

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/131561 WO2021104324A1 (zh) 2019-11-25 2020-11-25 医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20220157410A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4068292A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023503392A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021104324A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023204239A1 (ja) * 2022-04-19 2023-10-26 サスメド株式会社 治療支援システムおよび治療支援用プログラム

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230315977A1 (en) * 2022-03-31 2023-10-05 Docusign, Inc. Embedded Tag Interface For Document Generation In A Document Management System
CN116884555B (zh) * 2023-09-06 2023-12-29 慧创科仪(北京)科技有限公司 用于近红外数据的信息管理装置以及信息管理方法

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102576376A (zh) * 2009-07-08 2012-07-11 史蒂文·查尔斯·科恩 病史系统
US20140249855A1 (en) * 2013-03-01 2014-09-04 Airstrip Ip Holdings, Llc Systems And Methods For Integrating, Unifying And Displaying Patient Data Across Healthcare Continua
US20140337051A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-13 Ronald Steven Karpf Apparatus for and method of using an electronic medical records (EMR) system
US20170116373A1 (en) * 2014-03-21 2017-04-27 Leonard Ginsburg Data Command Center Visual Display System
CN107066812A (zh) * 2017-03-09 2017-08-18 深圳前海合泰生命健康技术有限公司 一种pci术后患者康复治疗流程管理的方法及装置
CN109461476A (zh) * 2018-10-22 2019-03-12 南京医科大学附属逸夫医院 一种分级诊疗支撑服务方法和平台

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1358615A2 (en) * 2000-11-01 2003-11-05 Staged Diabetes Management, Llc. A system and method for integrating data with guidelines to generate displays containing the guidelines and data
WO2007081732A2 (en) * 2006-01-04 2007-07-19 Gordon, Linda, Susan Electronic disease management system
US20180181716A1 (en) * 2016-12-27 2018-06-28 General Electric Company Role-based navigation interface systems and methods

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102576376A (zh) * 2009-07-08 2012-07-11 史蒂文·查尔斯·科恩 病史系统
US20140249855A1 (en) * 2013-03-01 2014-09-04 Airstrip Ip Holdings, Llc Systems And Methods For Integrating, Unifying And Displaying Patient Data Across Healthcare Continua
US20140337051A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-13 Ronald Steven Karpf Apparatus for and method of using an electronic medical records (EMR) system
US20170116373A1 (en) * 2014-03-21 2017-04-27 Leonard Ginsburg Data Command Center Visual Display System
CN107066812A (zh) * 2017-03-09 2017-08-18 深圳前海合泰生命健康技术有限公司 一种pci术后患者康复治疗流程管理的方法及装置
CN109461476A (zh) * 2018-10-22 2019-03-12 南京医科大学附属逸夫医院 一种分级诊疗支撑服务方法和平台

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4068292A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023204239A1 (ja) * 2022-04-19 2023-10-26 サスメド株式会社 治療支援システムおよび治療支援用プログラム

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4068292A1 (en) 2022-10-05
US20220157410A1 (en) 2022-05-19
JP2023503392A (ja) 2023-01-30
EP4068292A4 (en) 2023-05-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6997234B2 (ja) 統合された臨床ケアのための情報科学プラットフォーム
AU2020202337B2 (en) Characterizing states of subject
WO2021104324A1 (zh) 医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法
US9177106B2 (en) System and method for data collection and management
CN101561849B (zh) 文件制作支援装置、文件制作支援方法以及文件制作支援程序
WO2016054119A1 (en) Systems and methods for managing electronic healthcare information
US20090276246A1 (en) Automated Interdisciplinary Plan of Care Generation System
JP6527274B2 (ja) 診療録作成支援システム、サーバ装置、医療機関端末、診療録作成支援方法、医療機関装置及び診療録作成支援プログラム
CN109074857A (zh) 自动填充患者报告
WO2015156338A1 (ja) 診療録作成支援システム、サーバ装置、医療機関端末、診療録作成支援方法、医療機関装置及び診療録作成支援プログラム
JP2017076245A (ja) 診療支援システム
JP2002288337A (ja) 実施情報管理装置、実施情報管理プログラムおよび実施情報管理プログラム記憶媒体
CN112836107A (zh) 医疗信息的处理方法、获取方法以及交互方法
JPWO2021104324A5 (ja) 医療情報の処理方法、医療情報の取得方法、コンピュータ装置、非一時的なコンピュータ可読記憶媒体

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20892087

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022504298

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020892087

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220627